Complete Foam Design Manual

Foam Systems
Engineering Design
Manual
C O N T E N T S
Foam Systems Engineering Design Manual
Hazardous Chemical & Product Data 1
Foam Concentrate Induction Systems 2
Protection of Fuel Storage Tanks 3
Foam Base Injection 4
Oil & Chemical Carriers, Jetties & Docks 5
High & Medium Expansion Foam Systems 6
Foam Sprinkler Systems 7
Aircraft Hangars & Helicopter Landing Areas 8
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • CONTENTS

1
8
S E C T I O N O N E
Hazardous Chemical & Product Data
Introduction Section 1.1 Page 1.3
Scope Section 1.2 Page 1.3
Foam Concentration Section 1.3 Page 1.5
Risk Appraisal Section 1.4 Page 1.7
Measurement Units Section 1.5 Page 1.8
Some Useful Formulae Section 1.6 Page 1.8
Definitions Section 1.7 Page 1.8
Miscellaneous Hazardous Products Data Section 1.8 Page 1.14
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 1

PAGE 1. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE
S E C T I O N O N E
Hazardous Chemical & Product Data
1.1 INTRODUCTION
The ever-increasing demand for oil and petrochemical diverse nature of risks that will, under certain circumstances,
products has resulted in a requirement for increasingly need to be protected. Bearing this in mind, it is not the
sophisticated fire fighting equipment to protect these intention of this manual to offer a complete design service for
flammable liquids whilst in storage, transportation or each particular foam system, but rather to assist the reader in
processing. The need to protect both people and installations selecting the right equipment package for the risk in question.
from the flammable hazards that these products represent, Details on the flow requirements for the various types of foam
has resulted in foam and its associated equipment being equipment will be given, as will recommendations on how
recognised as the only effective and reliable method of rapidly they fit into the fixed foam system. Once presented with this
extinguishing and securing fires involving such flammable information, it is then a simple process of calculation for the
liquids. Design/Fire Engineer to recommend fire pumps, pressures,
pipe diameters and all other relevant installation design
With the great variety of different foam concentrates and
details. With the aid of schematic drawings and reference to
application systems available, the Fire Engineer is often
the various codes, specifications and practices, it is intended
presented with a bewildering choice in determining the
that the design and selection of a fixed foam system will be
correct protection system required for any given risk. The
simplified.
situation may be further complicated by the number and
1.2 SCOPE
1.2.1 Foam Induction Systems
Common to all fixed fire fighting foam systems is the c) Balanced pressure foam proportioning system.
installation of a suitable induction mechanism to meet all the
d) Direct pumping through an orifice plate or constant flow
required design parameters. The selection of the correct foam
valve.
induction system must therefore be considered of paramount
importance and will usually be based on one of the following e) Metered pumping directly into the water system.
five most common types:
The section on foam induction systems specifically details the
a) In-line induction. different induction mechanisms that are available.
b) Diaphragm or displacement foam proportioning bag tanks.
1.2.2 Specialist Risks
There are a number of hazardous flammable and combustible not itemised under a specific section heading, then sufficient
liquid risks, where specialist fire fighting foams and fixed foam information should be available within the section on General
systems can be usefully combined to specific advantage. Foam Systems. Should the reader be unable to find any details
Individual chapters of this manual have been devoted to these on the risk in question, or require further technical information,
particular risks in the interest of clarity. If the risk concerned is then please consult Angus Fire.

1.2.3 System Design
All system design parameters and sample calculations are z IMO International Code for Fire Safety Systems
based on Angus Fire’s experience, equipment and fire fighting
z IMO Amendments to the International Convention for the
foam technology. Whilst we will endeavour to assist for any
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS)
fixed fire fighting foam system, no guarantees can be given
against equipment outside of Angus Fire’s manufacture z IMO International Bulk Chemicals Code
and supply. Reference is made within this manual to several
z IMO International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code
statutory authorities, who have determined minimum
specifications, codes, standards, parameters and guidelines z IMO EmS Guide: Emergency Response Procedures for ships
for specific foam systems. Generally we will refer to the latest carrying Dangerous Goods
edition of the following:
z Lloyds Register of Shipping – Rules and Regulations for the
z BS 5306-0 Fire protection installations and equipment on Classification of Ships
premises – Part 0: Guide for selection of installed systems
z NFPA 10 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers
and other fire equipment.
z NFPA 11 Standard for Low-, Medium-, High-Expansion foam
z CAP437 Offshore Helicopter Landing Areas – Guidance on
Standards z NFPA 13 Standard for the Installation of Automatic Sprinkler
Systems.
z EN 2 Classification of fires.
z NFPA 15 Standard for the Installation of Water Spray Fixed
z EN 1568-3 Fire extinguishing media – Foam concentrates
Systems for Fire Protection
Part 3: Specification for low expansion foam concentrates
for surface applications to water immiscible liquids. z NFPA 16 Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water
Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray systems
Part 4: Specification for low expansion foam concentrates z NFPA 20 Standard for the Installation of Stationary Pumps
for surface applications to water miscible liquids. for Fire Protection
z EN 1568-1 Fire extinguishing media – Foam concentrates z NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code
Part 1: Specification for medium expansion foam
z NFPA 59A Standard for the Production, Storage and
concentrates for surface applications to water immiscible
Handling of Liquified Natural Gas (LNG)
liquids.
z NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm and signalling Code
Part 2: Specification for high expansion foam concentrates z NFPA 409 Standard on Aircraft Hangars
for surface applications to water immiscible liquids.
z NFPA 329 Recommended Practice for Handling Releases of
z EN12094 Fixed Firefighting Systems – Components for gas Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases
extinguishing systems.
z NFPA 497 Recommended Practice for the Classification of
z EN12845 Fixed Firefighting Systems - Automatic Sprinkler Flammable Liquids, Gases or Vapours and of Hazardous
Systems: Design, construction and maintenance (Classified) Locations for Electrical Installations in Chemical
Process Areas.
z EN13565-1 Fixed Firefighting Systems - Foam systems
Part 1: Requirements and test methods for We would recommend that copies of the above relevant
components. standards be obtained and their requirements observed by
the reader, before designing or installing the fixed fire fighting
z EN 13565-2 Fixed Firefighting Systems - Foam systems
foam system in question.
Part 2: Design, construction and maintenance
(superseding former BS 5306 - 6.1 & 6.2)
z EN ISO 9001 Requirements for Quality Management

Systems.
z HSE Guide to the Offshore Installations and Pipeline Works

(Management and Administration) Regulations L70
z HSE Bulk transfer of dangerous liquids and gases between

ship and shore, HSG 186
z HSE Offshore Installations SPC Enforcement 153
z ICAO Heliport Manual Doc. 9261, 3rd edition
z ICAO Annexe 14 Volume II

1.2.4 Detection of Fires
Fire or conditions likely to produce fire can be detected by emergency battery-powered supply, with automatic change-
human senses or automated systems. Automatic detection over provided if the primary supply fails (eg. EN12094-1 and -2).
shall be achieved using devices (eg. Heat, smoke or flame
Facilities shall be provided to enable testing of detection
combustible vapour sensing devices) suitable for the
devices without discharge of foam.
conditions they are expected to detect and complying
with relevant standards (eg. EN54), and shall be installed in Where a threat to personnel safety may arise/occur, an
accordance with national regulations. Such detection systems automatic fire detection and alarm system(s) should be
shall have an adequate and reliable source of energy with provided.
1.2.5 Alarms
All automatic detection and manual control devices (electrical cases, with audible and/or visual evacuation alarms activated
and non-electrical) where provided shall be arranged so through the protected area. A distinctive alternative alarm
there is immediate indication of any alarm. An alarm shall be shall be provided, to give warning of pending discharge where
provided to show that a system has operated. An alarm signal hazards to personnel may occur.
to a permanently manned location shall be provided in all
1.3 FOAM CONCENTRATION
The first recognised “mechanical” foams appeared during the wide acceptance in the oil and petrochemical industries,
early part of the 1930s as a replacement for chemical foams. whilst AFFFs with their fast knockdown and film forming
These “mechanical” foams were of two specific types, which characteristics have tended to be focused in the aviation sector.
were themselves subsequently developed and improved
during and after the second world war, resulting in today’s FFFPs
standard protein and synthetic based detergent products. It
The 1980’s saw the introduction of the first Film Forming
was realised early in the development of these two foams that
FluoroProtein foams (FFFP eg. Petroseal), which is film forming
both types had specific strengths and weaknesses and foams
foam, with protein as its foaming agent. AFFFs historically
following later were designed for specific applications, and also
have had a tendency to sudden flash backs, whereas FFFPs
had their specific strengths and weaknesses (see Table 1.1).
are protein rather than synthetic based, so they possess a high
Basic Protein (P) foams were relatively stiff and slow draining, degree of hydrocarbon fuel tolerance and security compared
whilst Synthetic Detergent (SD) foams (eg. high expansion and to synthetic AFFF products, whilst offering the advantages
Class A), were more fluid but faster draining. One weakness of greater fluidity and film formation. This enables their
that both types of foam exhibited was that neither could knockdown characteristics to at least equal, or better, those of
tolerate even small amounts of mixing with either hydrocarbon the synthetic detergent based AFFF products, and also provide
or polar solvent fuels. superior post-fire security.
FP and AFFFs AR-AFFFs and AR-FFFPs
The 1960’s saw the introduction of the first fluorocarbon The 1980’s also saw the arrival of multi-purpose or Alcohol
surfactant additives to both protein and synthetic detergent Resistant (AR) type foams, with water soluble polymer
based foam concentrates. These additives gave both products additives to both AFFF and FFFP to create AR-AFFF (Angus
a greater degree of hydrocarbon fuel tolerance as well as Tridol ATF) and AR-FFFP (Angus Alcoseal and Niagara) type
giving some detergent based products the ability to form films products.
on certain hydrocarbon fuels. The first FluoroProtein (FP) and
Polar solvent fuels readily mix with the water in foam solutions
Aqueous Film Forming Foams (AFFF) were thus developed.
and will attack and collapse standard foams designed for
FluoroProtein foams like Angus FP70 are more fluid than
hydrocarbon fuel use only, like basic Protein, Synthetic
normal protein foams, will tolerate fuel mixing and have a
Detergent, AFFF, FP and FFFP foams. Only specific AR type
good resistance to heat.
foams should be used on these more aggressive polar solvent
AFFFs like Angus Tridol ‘S’ are very fluid, can provide a vapour fuels.
securing film on most hydrocarbon fuels, will tolerate
These AR foams are primarily designed for use on the more
some hydrocarbon fuel mixing, but are faster draining than
foam destructive water miscible, or polar solvent chemicals
fluoroprotein foams. FluoroProteins with their superior
(eg. Methanol, Acetone, IsoPropyl Alcohol, Ethyl Amine etc.).
fuel tolerance and sealing properties have tended to gain

They are also widely used for locations where polar solvents are Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT). Although many foam
stored on site alongside hydrocarbon fuels in so called “mixed manufacturers used alternative fluorotelomer technology
risk” situations. (including Angus Fire), over recent years further environmental
legislation has driven change in the formulations of foam
When in contact with a polar solvent fuel, the first AR foam
concentrates.
bubbles touching the polar solvent fuel collapse, laying down
their polymer as a flexible “skin” or physical barrier which In 2006 the US-EPA initiated a voluntary programme of further
protects the foam above from attack by the solvent. This reducing the impact of certain fluorochemicals specifically
provides a predictable level of control and extinction, providing based on C8, long chain chemistry. The impact of this legislation
adequate application rates are being used to compensate for has resulted in responsible manufacturers such as Angus
the foam destructive nature of the specific polar solvent fuel(s), Fire, reformulating all their fluorine containing foams to use
and the AR foam blanket is being applied gently, not forcefully shorter chain, C6 technology. The good news is that all the
to the fuel surface. well established brands such as Angus FP70, Tankmaster, Tridol
S, Alcoseal, Petroseal and Tridol ATF are now available in C6
These foams, particularly AR-AFFFs, quickly became popular
versions, giving the same level of fire performance but with
for use on deep seated hydrocarbon fuel fires (eg. bund and
improved environmental credentials.
tank fires), rather than intended polar solvent fuel fires. On
hydrocarbon fuels, the water soluble polymer does not form a
Modern Fluorine Free Foams (F3)
flexible “skin”, but slows down the drainage of water from the
foam blanket encouraging them to behave a bit more like a In parallel with the advances in fluorine containing foams
FluoroProtein (FP) foam, although significantly more expensive. modern fluorine free products have been developed. In 2002,
Consequently they quickly replaced AFFFs for deeper seated Syndura was developed and launched by Angus Fire. By
hydrocarbon fuel fires, despite there being no polar solvent combining additional synthetic detergent and water soluble
fuels present. polymers, it was possible to reduce the fuel pick up problems
associated with pure detergent foams to some degree but not
AR viscosity issues achieve the performance of fluorine containing foams.
As a result of these water soluble polymer additives these AR Over recent years fluorine free foams have continued to
type foams are non-newtonian or shear-thinning concentrates. improve in performance. For aviation applications, products
This means their viscosity changes with ambient temperature. such as Angus Jetfoam have achieved ICAO Level B
Also the more they are stirred the easier they will flow, performance, have Newtonian viscosity and even exhibit film
which can give variations in induction accuracy for the same forming characteristics on aviation kerosene.
concentrate in a specific fixed foam system when used on
For more general applications, Angus Respondol ATF F3 foam
different occasions. Some products had a tendency for the
was launched in 2016 in both 3-6 and 3-3 versions. This has very
polymer to separate during storage if they experienced either
good fire knockdown and burnback resistance but still does
high temperatures or freezing and thawing in their containers.
not match the performance of a fluorine containing foam when
Different manufacturers AR-AFFF for example will contain applied forcefully to a tank fire through a long-throw monitor.
varying amounts of polymer and therefore have varying
viscosity levels (and vulnerability to polymer drop-out), with Application considerations
anything from “runny honey” to “wallpaper paste” in consistency,
Differing applications place differing demands on the foam
which can make for more difficult and less accurate foam
concentrate to be used, so the selection of the correct foam
proportioning and may affect its reliability in long term storage.
type is very important. The major considerations are usually:
Polymer free AR-FFFP a) Fuel type – whether solely hydrocarbon (HC), or polar
solvent (PS) chemicals or both, are stored on site.
Not until 1999 was the first Newtonian high fluidity AR type
foam developed without reliance on these thick water soluble b) Speed of extinction – the initial flame knockdown
polymers. Angus Fire’s Niagara AR-FFFP was the product which characteristics of a foam which will usually be determined
made it possible to overcome these viscosity problems and by its fluidity and film forming capability on hydrocarbon
simplify induction systems, and became an instant success. fuels.
For the first time a site now had access to a 3% “drop-in”
c) Burnback and re-ignition resistance – the stability of a
replacement AR type foam (Niagara) for an existing 3% FP,
finished foam against direct heat (flame) impingement and
FFFP or AFFF foam, when the site began making or receiving
its life as determined by the drainage time.
polar solvent fuels like Ethanol or Methanol, in addition to their
existing hydrocarbon inventory. d) Fuel tolerance – the ability to discourage fuel mixing during
foam application and resist ignition.
Environmental Considerations
e) Environmental performance – in terms of its persistence,
Over recent years significant changes have taken place in the potential bioaccumulation and aquatic toxicity.
formulations of firefighting foam concentrates.
It is important to assess which of the above properties is the
In 2000, a major foam manufacturer announced it was ceasing most important as far as any given risk is concerned. In order to
production of AFFF foams when one of the constituents, assist in this respect, Table 1.1 shows a summary of the major
PFOS (PerFluoroOctanylSulfonate), was found by the US foam types and their attributes.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to be Persistent,

FOAM TYPE (ANGUS FIRE BRANDS)
Property FP AFFF FFFP AR-AFFF AR-FFFP SD/F3
Base material Natural Synthetic Natural Synthetic Natural Synthetic
Fuel Type HC/PS HC HC HC/PS HC/PS HC/PS
Speed Good Excellent Excellent Good Good/Excellent Good
Burnback & Reignition
Resistance Good Fair Good Good Good/Excellent Good
Fuel Tolerance Fair Fair Excellent Good Excellent Fair
Environmental Good Fair Good Fair Good Good
NOTES: HC = Hydrocarbons PS = Polar Solvents
Table 1.1 Characteristics of different foam types
For comprehensive details of each type of Angus foam concentrate, please refer to the following data sheets:
AlcosealC6 AR-FFFP 3-3 5136C6 TridolC6 Ultra 1-3 AR-AFFF 5270C6
AlcosealC6 AR-FFFP 3-6 5098C6 TridolC6 ATF C 3-3 AR-AFFF 6305C6
Expandol 3662 TridolC6 ATF C 3-6 AR-AFFF 6323C6
FP70C6 5094C6 TridolC6 C3 AFFF 5144C6
NiagaraC6 AR-FFFP 3-3 5235C6 TridolC6 C6 AFFF 5166C6
PetrosealC6 3 FFFP 5157C6 TridolC6 S3 AFFF 5162C6
PetrosealC6 6 FFFP 5158C6 TridolC6 S6 AFFF 5164C6
TankmasterC6 5067C6 Respondol ATF 3-3 6833
Respondol ATF 3-6 6834
Jetfoam 1% 6796
For other foam requirements, such as Low Temperature options, consult Angus Fire.
1.4 RISK APPRAISAL
Having concluded that a fixed or semi fixed foam system is • How many are there? Do some tanks share a common
required to protect a desired hazard , there are a number of bund, in which case they should probably be
questions which should be considered in order to correctly considered as a single hazard?
assess the hazard and ensure the right foam system is chosen.
e) Physical Parameters
These can be summarised as follows:
• For each fuel hazard to be protected, the relevant
a) Identification of the Hazard physical characteristics should be obtained i.e.
• Is the system to be designed to protect a single or flashpoint, water miscibility, reactivity, personal
group of hazards? protective equipment (eg. Breathing Apparatus),
• If zoned, is it individually or simultaneously activated? specific gravity, boiling point, etc.
• Are we considering individual storage vessels (fixed or
f ) International Standards
floating roof etc.), warehouses, loading terminals etc. or
• Which recognised international or national standard
a combination?
(or standards), if any, apply to the hazard under
b) Define the Hazard Area consideration?
• Is the foam system designed to protect the structure, • If no standards apply, are there any other authorities
personnel, product or structures in close proximity to who can recommend guidelines for system design?
the hazard itself? • If no authority guidelines available, does the site
owner/operator have guidelines or requirements
c) Identification of the Hazard(s)
based on their own or industry experiences or prior
• Determine for each hazard in question the exact
industry incident investigations?
hazardous materials that will be present i.e. flammable,
combustible, hydrocarbon, polar solvent etc. g) General Installation Considerations for Water Cooling/
• Establish what the foam system will be required to Foam Systems
achieve i.e. fire fighting, vapour suppression, cooling, • Is there a suitable water source available that is capable
personnel evacuation only etc. of the required volumes and pressures?
• Is it fresh or seawater, saline from boreholes or surface
d) Define the Hazard(s)
ponds/reservoirs? Establish its salinity, acidity (pH) and
• Determine the exact site characteristics of each hazard
any potential contamination (eg. alkaline salts, solids,
to be protected i.e. exposed surface areas, bund
fuel etc.)?
volumes etc.

• Do the environmental conditions warrant any special Once the above appraisal has been made, then design of the
considerations i.e. corrosion protection, temperature foam system can more easily be undertaken.
variations, impoundment etc.?
• Will any existing foam system allow extensions or
compatibility to its design?
• Are there any specific conditions to be complied
with i.e. flammable atmospheres, electrical supplies,
environmental constraints etc.?
1.5 MEASUREMENT UNITS
Unless otherwise indicated, the basic Sl metric and UK standard units have been adopted for mass, volume, flow, pressure etc.
Conversion factors being:
Length 1 m = 3.2802 ft = 1.0936 yd

Area 1 m² = 10.764 ft² = 1.196yd²
Volume 1 m³ = 35.315 ft² = 1.308 yd³
Volume (capacity) 1 m³ = 1,000 litres = 0.1 kilolitres
Flow 1 litres/min = 0.264 US gal/min = 0.22 UK gal/min
Pressure 1 bar = 1.02 Kgf/cm² = 14.5 psi
Density 1 g/cm³ = 8.345 Ib/US gal = 10.02 lb/UK gal
1.6 SOME USEFUL FORMULAE
Surface area of a bulk storage tank = π d2

4 where d = diameter of the tank (m)
π = 3.142 (universal constant)
Circumference of bulk storage tank = πd where d = diameter of the tank (m)

Volume of bulk storage tank = πr2h where r = radius of the tank (m) (ie. half diameter)
h = height of tank (m)
Flow of a foam making device at a specific pressure = K √ P where K = nozzle orifice constant for that specific delivery device
(see data sheet)
P = operating pressure at device inlet (bar)
1.7 DEFINITIONS
The following glossary of terms is used throughout this Accelerated Ageing

manual: Storage of foam concentrate for short periods at high and low
temperatures, to indicate long term storage properties of the
ABC Powder
foam concentrate at average ambient temperatures around
A dry chemical extinguishing agent widely used in
the world.
extinguishers for Class A fires. It can be used for Class B or C
fires where additional electrical hazards are involved. Based on Administration
ammonium phosphates with a siliconised additive to promote Marine term defining the Government of the State whose
flow and non-caking qualities. On impact with the surface of flag the ship is entitled to fly, effectively the Authority having
a burning solid the powder melts and forms a coating that Jurisdiction for ships.
inhibits further combustion. These fires will re-ignite slowly if
application stops before extinction.

AFFF (Aqueous Film Forming Foam) Balanced Pressure Proportioning
A synthetic foam concentrate containing detergents and A foam concentrate induction system designed to inject
fluorocarbon surfactants (only fluorotelomers in Angus Fire automatically the correct quantity of foam concentrate into a
products) that control the physical properties of water so that water stream over a wide range of variable flows and pressures.
it may be able to float and spread across the surface of most The foam concentrate pressure is continually balanced to the
liquid hydrocarbon fuels as a non-aspirated film or aspirated water line pressure and its fluctuations.
foam blanket.
Base Injection (sometimes called sub-surface injection)
Alcohol Resistant Foam Concentrate A system used for the protection of fixed roof hydrocarbon
A specially formulated foam concentrate for use on alcohol fuel storage tanks where fuel-resistant aspirated foam is
and other water miscible or polar solvent fuels, as well as injected into the base of the tank, above the water base, and
hydrocarbon fuels. rises through the fuel to effect extinguishment at the surface,
overcoming the head pressure of the static fuel in the tank.
Application Rate
The rate at which a foam solution is applied to a fire. Usually BC Powder
expressed as litres of foam solution per square metre of fire A dry chemical extinguishing agent widely used in
area exposed, every minute. For the purposes of this manual extinguishers. It is often used for Class B or C fires where
they are to be treated as the rates delivered onto the hazard by additional electrical hazards are involved. Based on sodium or
various discharge devices, taking into account possible delivery potassium bicarbonate, with a siliconised additive to promote
losses. flow, and non-caking qualities. Foam compatible versions are
suitable for use in conjunction with foam without adverse
AR-AFFF (Alcohol Resistant AFFF)
effects on the foam. (see also Monnex).
A synthetic foam concentrate containing detergents,
water soluble polymers and fluorocarbon surfactants (only Biofuels
fluorotelomers in Angus Fire products) that control the physical Fuel produced from biomass, incorporating a renewable
properties of water so that it may be able to float and spread energy component into fossil fuels. Biofuel is generally
across the surface of most liquid hydrocarbon fuels as a non- considered carbon neutral as the biomass absorbs roughly
aspirated film or aspirated foam blanket. These foams are also the same amount of Carbon Dioxide (CO2) during growth as
effective as an aspirated foam blanket on most polar solvent when burnt, but this excludes extra CO2 produced during
fuels. processing and forest clearances often required for biofuel crop
production.
AR-FFFP (Alcohol Resistant FFFP)
A foam concentrate containing natural protein, water soluble Common biofuels are Bioethanol (polar solvent) added to
polymers and fluorocarbon surfactants (only fluorotelomers unleaded Gasoline/Petrol and Biodiesel (hydrocarbon) added
in Angus Fire products) that control the physical properties of to or replacing fossil diesel fuel. E5 (5% Ethanol additive to 95%
water, resist mixing with fuel so that it may be able to float and gasoline) is commonly used across European Union, with E10
spread across the surface of most liquid hydrocarbon fuels as increasingly popular in Canada and even E85 used in some
a non-aspirated film or aspirated foam blanket. These foams countries with Flexfuel vehicle engines like USA and Sweden.
are also effective as an aspirated foam blanket on most polar B5 (5% biodiesel additive to 95% fossil diesel) is commonly
solvent fuels. used across European Union with B20 increasingly popular in
Australia and B100 (100% biodiesel) already in some countries
Aspirated Foam
like South Africa.
A general term to indicate expanded foam which has an
expansion ratio typically 4 : 1 or more (eg. 4 litres of air per litre Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour Explosion (B.L.E.V.E.)
of foam solution). This uniform layer of foam bubbles is often Explosive fireballs caused by the rapid escape of flammable
called a foam blanket. gas, discharging from sealed pressurised containers, which
have ruptured/failed due to adverse heat exposure.
Authority having Jurisdiction
The Regulator, Federal, State or Local Government, Owner, Boil Over
Operator, or their legal representative, who has Statutory Violent ejection of burning flammable liquid from its container,
Authority to make the judgement decision, give the approval, caused by vaporisation of a water layer beneath the body of
sign off on acceptance, as they are taking responsibility for the liquid. It will generally only occur after a lengthy burning
safety and suitability in any tested outcomes period, in wide flashpoint range products, such as crude oil,
but can be very dangerous for firefighters.
Back Pressure
A build up of resisting pressure in a pipe, usually due to a Burn Back Resistance
restriction, or significant head pressure. This back pressure The ability of a foam blanket to avoid collapse by resisting
travels in the opposite direction to the main intended flow direct flame and heat impingement.
collapsing venturi which in turn can cause inductors or High
Bund Area
Back Pressure foam Generators (HBPG) to stall and cease
A diked or bunded area surrounding a storage tank(s), which is
delivering foam to the intended hazard.
designed to contain 110% of the tank contents in the event of
a tank rupture.

CAA Also called a drencher system. It consists of an array of open
Civil Aviation Authority, UK regulatory body. non -aspirating discharge nozzles that provides an even
distribution of water or foam spray over the entire hazard area,
Classification of Fire CEN System (UK – BS5306-0 and Europe
or a zoned part of it, once the system is activated.
EN 2 latest editions) – As used in this manual:
Drainage Rate
Class ‘A’ Fire – A fire in solid carbonaceous materials such as

The rate at which water drains from an expanded finished
wood and paper in which the combustion normally occurs
foam blanket. This is usually measured as the quarter drainage
with the formation of glowing embers. The cooling effect
or 25% drainage time. (eg. The time taken for a quarter of the
of water is of paramount importance in extinguishing
foam sample weight to drain out of the bubble blanket).
these hazards.
D-value
lass ‘B’ Fire – A fire involving a flammable liquid or
C
the largest overall dimension of a helicopter when rotors are
liquefiable solid, where a smothering effect of a foam
turning, measured in metres. This dimension will normally be
blanket and vapour sealing barrier is of primary importance
measured from the most forward position of the main rotor tip
in extinguishment.
path plane to the most rearward position of the tail rotor tip
Class ‘C’ Fire – Fires involving flammable gases like Liquified
path plane (or the most rearward extension of the fuselage in
Petroleum Gas, Butane, Propane etc. Usually requires large the case of Fenestron or Notar tails).
amounts of water to cool the cylinder/tank and potentially
Eductor – see Inductor
enable any isolating valve to be shut-off.
ElectroChemical Fluorination (ECF)
lass ‘D’ Fire – A fire involving metals such as magnesium,
C
A fluorochemical production process leading to PFOS
aluminium, sodium, potassium etc. Usually requiring
(PerFluorOctnyl Sulfonate) containing products that are
control by special metal powders, often provided in
Persistent, Bioaccumulative and Toxic. No Angus Fire foam
extinguishers or fixed dry chemical systems.
products contain PFOS, nor degrade to produce PFOS
Class ‘F’ Fire – A fire involving cooking media, eg. vegetable
containing breakdown products. (see Fluorinated Surfactants
oils or animal fats in cooking devices, usually requiring and PFOS).
control by wet chemical extinguisher, fire blanket (only if
EN
small), or wet chemical fixed system.
European Norm or standard applicable throughout the
Class ‘E’ Hazard – Any of the other Classes with an
European Union. Sometimes adopted by other jurisdictions.
additional electrical hazard. Turn off the power supply
Expansion Ratio
before using the recommended media for the Class of fire.
The ratio of total foam volume to the volume of foam solution
If not possible to switch off the electricity supply, use dry
(eg. 7:1).
chemical powder or Carbon Dioxide (CO2) extinguishers to
control the fire. Avoid the use of water/foam based media Film Forming
as there could be an electrocution risk. Ability of a foam to produce a spreading, vapour sealing, thin
aqueous film, on the surface of certain hydrocarbon fuels to
Classification in US (NFPA 10)
achieve rapid extinction.
Possible Alternative System you may encounter:
FFFP (Film Forming Fluoroprotein Foam)
lass ‘A’ Fire – Fires which occur in ordinary combustible
C
A foam concentrate containing natural protein and
materials i.e. wood, paper, rubber and certain plastics etc.
fluorocarbon surfactants (only fluorotelomers in Angus Fire
Class ‘B’ Fire – Fires which occur in flammable liquids, oils, products) that control the physical properties of water so that
tars, lacquers etc, and including flammable gases. it may be able to float, resist mixing with the fuel and spread
across the surface of most liquid hydrocarbon fuels as a non-
Class ‘C’ Fire – Fires involving energised electrical

aspirated film or aspirated foam blanket.
equipment where the electrical non conductivity of the
extinguishing agent is particularly important. Finished Foam
The homogeneous foam blanket obtained by mixing water,
Class ‘D’ Fire – Fires which occur in metals such as
foam concentrate and air through a foam maker.
magnesium, zirconium, lithium and potassium etc.
Fire Main
Combustible Liquid
Water supply pipe installed for fire-fighting purposes. There are
Any liquid having a flashpoint at or above 37.8°C (100°F).
2 types:
Critical Application Rate
D
ry riser – fitted with inlet connections and often outlet
The minimum flow rate at which foam solution can be applied
valves (eg. globe, ball or gate type valves) or delivery
to a given fire area over time, in order to achieve extinction.
devices. Normally dry, but capable of being charged with
This is usually measured in litres/m2/ min (or US Galls/ft2/min).
water or foam during an emergency, usually by pumping
Deluge System from fire fighting vehicles, or
A system that deluges or uniformly drenches a hazard area
usually with water, sometimes with non-aspirated foam.

et riser – permanently charged with water from a
W Foam Solution
pressurized supply to a number of shut-off valves or A homogeneous mixture of water and foam concentrate.
dedicated valved equipment at specific points around a
Foam Water Sprinkler
hazard.
An open air aspirating delivery head whose water discharge
Fixed Foam System pattern closely resembles those for standard sprinklers.
The entire foam system is permanently installed with fixed
Foam Water Spray Nozzle
pipework and all specialised devices, to enable it to operate
An open delivery head whose discharge pattern is specific to
correctly at any time. They are often automated from an
the individual nozzle and delivers either water or non-aspirated
appropriate fire detection system to provide additional speed
foam spray.
of response in the event of an emergency. (see semi-fixed
system) FP (FluoroProtein Foam)
A foam concentrate based on hydrolised protein with
Flammable Liquid
fluorocarbon surface active agents added, so that it can float,
Any liquid having a flashpoint below 37.8°C (100°F). These are
resist mixing with the fuel and spread across the surface of
more volatile than combustible liquids.
most liquid hydrocarbon fuels as an aspirated foam blanket.
Flashback Commonly used for hydrocarbon storage tank protection.
Re-ignition of flammable liquid, caused by release of its
Friction Loss
vapours to a source of ignition such as a hot metal surface or a
The loss of pressure in a pipe line resulting from resistance
spark. This is usually sudden and can cause the entire fire area
to flow, imposed by the inside of the pipe and by changes
to become re-involved in flames.
in flow direction such as elbows and T-pieces. Friction losses
Flashpoint are greater with expanded foams than with foam solutions or
The lowest temperature at which a flame can propagate in the water.
vapours above a liquid.
Fuel in Depth
Fluorinated Surfactants Ponded fuel spillage to a depth greater than 25mm (see also
Particular type of surface active agent containing fluorine that Shallow Spill).
provides improved reduction in the surface tension of water.
Head Pressure
There are 2 routes to develop these products ElectroChemical
This is the pressure exerted by a static column of fluid.
Fluorination (ECF) leading to PFOS containing products that
Generally calculated as the specific weight of the fluid x height
are Persistent, Bioaccumulative and Toxic (see PFOS).
of that fluid.
Alternatively a Telomerisation process producing fluorotelomer
HSE
based surfactants, which although persistent, extensive
Health and Safety Executive, UK regulatory body.
research has shown to be neither Bioaccumulative nor Toxic.
Fluorotelomers are considered safe for continued use by the US Helideck
EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) and UK Environment Any helicopter landing area located on normally offshore fixed
Agency. Fluorotelomers are commonly found in fire fighting and mobile installations, plus vessels.
foams, including Angus Fire’s fluorinated products.
Heliport
Fluorotelomers Any helicopter landing area located on land or land based
Surface active agents produced from the telomerisation buildings.
process, which although persistent, extensive research has
High Back Pressure Generator (HBPG)
shown to be neither Bioaccumulative nor Toxic. Fluorotelomers
Specialised foam making device that introduces air into the
are considered safe for continued use by the US EPA
foam solution to produce expanded foam in a base injection
(Environmental Protection Agency) and UK Environment
system, overcoming the back pressure of liquid in the tank.
Agency. Fluorotelomers are commonly found in fire fighting
foams, including Angus Fire’s fluorinated products. High Expansion Foam (HEX)
Foam of expansion ratio between 200-2000:l
Foam Inlet
Fixed equipment comprising inlet connection, fixed piping Hydrocarbon Fuel
and discharge assembly, enabling fire and rescue services to Fuels based exclusively on chains or rings of linked hydrogen
introduce foam into an enclosed compartment. and carbon atoms. Hydrocarbon fuels are not miscible with
water and are often called fossil fuels.
Foam Blanket – see Aspirated foam, finished foam.
IMO
Foam Maker
International Maritime Organisation, global regulatory body.
A device designed to introduce air into a pressurised flow of
foam solution. Inductor
A device used to introduce foam concentrate into a water
Foam Pourer
line. A venturi is fitted to suck foam concentrate into the water
A device designed to deliver expanded foam gently, by
stream at the expense of line pressure.
pouring it onto a burning liquid.

Induction Rate stiffer with lower temperatures, until they can be insufficiently
The percentage of foam concentrate mixed or introduced into fluid to proportion adequately. Achieving consistent
the water supply line. proportioning accuracy is therefore more challenging over
a wide range of flows and ambient temperatures, than with
K factor
newtonian foams.
The flow coefficient for a nozzle or sprinkler head which
defines the flow through that nozzle at 1 bar pressure, NFPA
measured in litres/min. Standards published for fire protection systems by the National
Fire Protection Association of the United States of America.
LAST FIRE (Large Atmospheric Storage Tanks)
Frequently adopted by other jurisdictions around the world,
A project initiated in the 1990’s by a consortium of 16 oil
particularly in the Oil and Petrochemical industries.
companies, in recognition that fire hazards associated with
large open top storage tanks (≥40m dia.) were insufficiently Non Aspirated Foam
understood to be able to develop fully justified specific fire Foam of expansion ratio typically below 2:1. Only film forming
risk and risk reduction policies. The LAST FIRE project is being foam concentrates are suitable for non aspirating applications.
continually updated to encompass all tank types (fixed roof,
PFOS (PerFluoroOctanyl Sulfonate)
internal floating roof and open top floating roof ) over 10
A fluorocarbon surfactant present in some manufacturers
metres in diameter. The LAST FIRE test is specifically designed
AFFF and AR-AFFF foams. It was found to be Persistent,
to determine foam performance related to storage tank fires.
Bioaccumulative and Toxic (PBT) by the United States
Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) Environmental Protection Agency, was withdrawn from
Gas containing naturally occurring light hydrocarbons manufacture in US and banned from importation to the
(Methane) at ambient temperature and pressure, normally US from Dec. 2002. There are concerns that PFOS is now
deeply refrigerated into a liquid state at atmospheric pressure being made in China. It was listed as a Persistent Organic
to facilitate transportation over long distances, and efficient Pollutant under the Stockholm Convention in 2009 and is
storage. on the UN’s list of 21 Chemicals of International Concern
along with organochlorine pesticides (eg. DDT, Dieldrin),
Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG)
PCBs (Poly Chlorinated Biphenyls) and Dioxins. No Angus Fire
Gas comprising light hydrocarbons (Propane & Butane) at
foam products contain PFOS, nor degrade to produce PFOS
ambient temperature and pressure, which is readily liquefied
containing breakdown products. PFOS is banned from use in
by the application of moderate pressure to facilitate handling
European Union (EU) from 2010. The EU recommendation is for
and storage.
disposal by high temperature incineration (at least 1100°C).
Low Expansion Foam
pH
Foam of expansion ratio between 2-20:1
Measurement of acidity to alkalinity on a log scale of 1-14 .
Mechanical Foam Neutral de-ionised water has a pH value of 7.
Foam produced by a physical agitation of a mixture of water,
Polar Solvent
foam concentrate and air.
This term is generally used to describe any flammable liquid
Medium Expansion Foam which is miscible with water and destroys standard foams,
Foam of expansion ratio between 20-200:1. although it actually refers to liquids whose molecules possess a
permanent dielectric charge e.g. alcohols, ketones, esters. Only
Monnex Powder
Alcohol Resistant (AR) foams should be used on these fuels.
A special potassium bicarbonate based BC powder intimately
mixed with other materials that decrepitates (breaks up) in the Premix Solution
fire zone and produces a fine powder of high performance. A pre-mixed mixture of a foam concentrate and water in
correct proportions made some time in advance of being used.
Newtonian Foam
A fluid, free flowing foam concentrate with consistent Proportioner
“water-like” characteristics that do not change, irrespective of A device in which the foam concentrate and water are mixed
temperature or shear rate (energy transferred to the foam eg. to form a foam solution.
by stirring).
P (Protein Foam)
Non-newtonian Foam A foam concentrate containing natural protein derived from
A foam containing water soluble polymers (usually AR type or natural hoof and horn materials. Hydrolised products of protein
Fluorine free) that makes a more viscous consistency, which provide exceptionally stable and heat resistant properties to
varies between different branded foam products. Sometimes the aspirated foams blanket.
these foams are called thixotropic or psuedoplastic type
SD (Synthetic Detergent)
concentrates. These foams are often described with viscosities
A synthetic foam concentrate containing detergents that
anywhere between “runny honey and wallpaper paste”. The
control the physical properties of water so that it may be able
viscosity will vary depending on temperature and shear rate.
to float and cover the surface of most liquid hydrocarbon fuels
The more vigorously the foam is sheared or stirred, the more
as an aspirated foam blanket.
fluid it becomes, but once shearing stops it reverts to being
less fluid. Temperature also affects the viscosity, becoming

Semi-Fixed Foam System Venturi
Part of the system is permanently installed fixed pipework with A special constricting device, portion of a pipe or tube which
specialised devices, while the remainder relies on portable or will increase water velocity, while reducing its pressure, so
mobile/truck devices providing pumping and flexible hoses to that another fluid can be introduced (eg. foam concentrate
be connected whenever the system is required to be operated. or air). This is achieved at the expense of downstream line
This relies on trained personnel and adds time delays in the pressure (eg. upstream of a venturi maybe 10 bar pressure, but
event of an emergency. downstream it may drop to 6 bar).
Shallow Spill WASP

A fuel spillage of less than 25mm in depth (see also Fuel in Wide-range Accurate Sprinkler Proportioner normally built into
Depth). a proportioning system (with a much wider turndown ratio
than a BPP), sized and calibrated for the flow rates and foam
Slop over
concentrate requirements of the delivery system (often closed
Condition occurring when a water spray (or foam) is applied to
head sprinkler systems) which is requiring foam enhancement.
the surface of a burning liquid that has developed hot layers
These are normally “plug-in” systems factory built and
beneath the surface above 100°C. On passing through this
calibrated for quick and easy, trouble-free installation.
zone the water boils and expands suddenly causing some of
the flammable liquid to pour over the rim of the tank. If large Water Miscible
amounts of water are used or temperatures substantially Foam destructive or polar solvent fuel that mixes readily with
exceed 100°C, this may become more violent with potentially water.
much of the tanks contents being ejected in a dangerous boil
Water Immiscible
over event.
Hydrocarbon fuel that does not mix with water.
Stability
Wetting Agent
A term used with foam concentrates to determine the
A synthetic concentrate containing strong detergents that
performance and security of a foam blanket. It also refers to the
increase the wetting properties of water enhancing its
length of time the foam blanket may last, being relatively more
penetration into Class A materials like wood and paper. These
stable.
additives help reduce the amount of water used to control
Static Pressure burning Class A materials like paper, furnishings or forest
The pressure existing in a water line at no flow. This pressure is bushfires.
always considerably higher than under flowing conditions.
Zone
Submergence Volume A hazard area may be divided into a number of separate zones,
The volume of foam (m3) submerging the hazard, defined by each of which is protected by its own foam system. This may
the minimum depth of expanded foam multiplied by the floor be either completely separate from other systems protecting
area of the space to be protected - normally used for high other zones, or may have separate delivery systems with a
expansion systems and sometimes indoor medium expansion shared centralised foam proportioning system that feeds any
systems. number of zone delivery systems required to activate in an
incident. This is common in open head Foam/Water Sprinkler
Submergence Time
or Waterspray systems and Foam Enhanced Sprinkler Systems
The recommended time (mins) in which the submergence
where sealed heads are used.
volume must be achieved.
Sub Surface Injection

Another term referring to base injection.
Specific Gravity
The specific gravity of a material is a measure of the density
of the material in relationship to the density of water (1). The
specific gravity is calculated as:
S.G. = Density of Material
Density of Water
Telomerisation – see Fluorinated Surfactants.
Turndown Ratio
The ratio between maximum and minimum foam solution flow
demand of a system, at the foam proportioner (eg. maximum
system flow requirement is 6000L/min and minimum flow
demand of the system is 240L/min, then the turndown ratio is
25:1).

1.8 MISCELLANEOUS HAZARDOUS PRODUCTS DATA
Product Flash Point (°C) Ignition Temp. (°C) Specific Gravity Boiling Point (°C) Water Soluble
(water = 1)
Acetone -17 - 0.8 56 Yes
Acrylonitrile 0 - 0.8 77 Yes
Banana Oil 25 360 0.9 143 Slight
Biodiesel (B100) >148 – 0.8-0.9 >200 No
Borneo Camphor 66 – 1.0+ 212 No
Brazil Wax 282 – 1.0- – No
Camphor 66 466 1.0- 204 No
Camphor Oil 47 – 0.9 175-200 No
Castor Oil 229 449 1.0- 313 No
Cobalt Naphtha 49 276 0.9 – No
Coconut Oil 216 – 0.9 – No
Cod Liver Oil 211 – 0.9 – N0
Corn Oil 254 393 0.9 – No
Cottonseed Oil Refined 252 343 0.9 – No
Creosote Oil 74 336 >1.0 – No
Diesel Fuel Oil
No. 1-D 38 – – – No
NO. 2-D 52 – – – No
NO. 4-D 54 – – – No
Ethanol (E100)/Ethyl Alcohol 13 422 0.79 78 Yes
Ethyl Amine 8 - 0.81 17 Severe
Fish Oil 216 – – – No
Fuel Oil
No. 1 43-72 210 <1.0 151-30 No
No. 2 52-96 257 <1.0 – No
No. 4 61-66 263 <1.0 – No
No. 5 69-169 – <1.0 – No
No. 6 66-132 407 1.0 – No
Fusel Oil 43 350 0.8 132 Slight
Gasoline (see Petrol)
Gas Oil 66+ 338 <1.0 260-371 No
Isano Oil Exothermic reaction above 261°C – may explode
Jet Fuels
Jet A/A1 43-66 – – 204-288 No
Jet B -23 to -1 – – – No
JP-4 -23 to -1 240 – – No
JP-5 35-63 246 – – No
JP-6 38 230 0.8 121 No
Kerosene See Fuel Oil No. 1
Lanolin 238 445 <1.0 – No
Lard Oil Commercial 202 445 <1.0 – No
Pure 260 – 0.9 – No
Linseed Oil Raw 222 343 0.9 316+ No
Lubricating Oil
Mineral 149-232 260-371 <1.0 360 No
Spindle 76 248 <1.0 – No
Turbine 204 371 <1.0 – No
Methanol 11 - 0.79 65 Yes
Methyl Teritary Butyl Ether -32 - 0.74 55 Yes
Mineral Oil 193 – <0.9 360 No
Mineral Spirits 40 245 0.8 149 No
Mineral Wax 113 – 0.9 – No
Mustard Oil 46 – 1.0+ 151 No
Naphtha
Coal Tar Type 42 277 – – No

Product Flash Point (°C) Ignition Temp. (°C) Specific Gravity Boiling Point (°C) Water Soluble
(water = 1)
Petroleum <-18 288 0.6 35-60 No
Regular -2 232 <1.0 100-160 No
10° Flash 10 232 <1.0 116-143 No
High Flash 29 232 <1.0 138-177 No
Naphthalene 79 526 1.1 218 No
Neatsfoot Oil 243 442 0.9 – No
Niobe Oil 83 – 1.1 150 No
Oil of Wintergreen 96 454 1.2 222 No
Olive Oil 225 343 0.9 – No
Palm Oil 162 316 0.9 – No
Peanut Oil 540 833 0.9 – No
Petrol
Low Octane -43 280 0.8 38-204 No
100 Octane -38 456 – – –
Aviation Grade -46 471 – – –
Petroleum, Crude -7 -32 – <1.0 – No
Pine Oil 78 – 0.9 186-226 No
Pine Tar 54 – – 98 No
Pogy Oil 224 442 0.9 – No
Propylene Oxide -37 - 0.83 34 Severe
Rape Seed Oil 163 447 0.9 – No
Rosin Oil 130 342 1.0- >360 No
Sesame Oil 255 – 0.9 – No
Signal Oil 135 – 0.8 249-360 No
Soy Bean Oil 282 445 0.9 – No
Tung Oil 289 457 0.9 – No
Turpentine 35 253 <1.0 149 No
Wax Paraffin 199 245 0.9 >371 No
Whale Oil 230 427 0.9 – No
Sources: NFPA 30 – Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, and www.chemicalbook.com.

1
8
S E C T I O N T W O
Foam Concentrate Induction Systems
Induction Systems for Constant Flow Section 2.2 Page 2.4
Induction Systems for Variable Flow Section 2.3 Page 2.10
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION TWO PAGE 2. 1

PAGE 2. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION TWO
S E C T I O N T W O
Foam Concentrate Induction Systems
2.1 INTRODUCTION
Foam concentrate induction and proportioning systems are These two categories can be further sub-divided into the
the means by which foam concentrate is introduced at a fixed different proportioning methods, which are generally
rate into the mains water stream, to produce foam solution identified as:
which is then supplied to a foam generator or other delivery
i) Constant Flow Devices
device. For this reason the induction systems should be
– In-line Inductors (Eductors)
considered the heart of a fixed or semi fixed foam system and
– Helijector Systems
care must be taken to ensure that the correct proportioning
– Self Inducing Foam Generators
method is chosen. Regular inspection, operation and
maintenance is essential to ensure these systems are always ii) Variable Flow Devices
ready to activate in an emergency. Balance Pressure Foam Proportioner
or Wide-range Accurate Sprinkler Proportioner (WASP)
There are a number of different ways in which foam
used in conjunction with either:
concentrate induction can be achieved, each of which has
– Bag Tank Module
its own advantages, limitations and suitability for particular
– Balance Valve
applications.
– Foam Proportioning Skid Packages
The different induction or proportioning methods can be
considered as being split into two distinct categories:
a) Those in which the demand of the foam generator or

delivery device for foam solution is constant or can be
regarded as constant.
Ideal for: small, single hazard, dedicated systems where the

foam system is either ON or OFF.
b) Those in which the demand of the foam generator(s) or

delivery device(s) for foam solution varies over a significant
range.
Ideal for: more complex, multi- hazards, multi-zones or

multiple delivery systems, where often some but not all of
the devices or systems are ON, and this number may vary.
These systems should retain the capability of all systems
being activated at the same time, if required.

2.2 INDUCTION SYSTEMS FOR CONSTANT FLOW
2.2.1 Fixed Line Inductors – see Data Sheet 5032
Angus Fire’s ‘Fl’ Fixed in-line Inductors provide a cost-effective, i) Foam solution flow rate required?
simple and reliable method of proportioning foam concentrate ii) Input pressure at the inductor?
in fixed systems where constant flow conditions prevail. iii) Foam type, percentage concentration and ambient
operating temperature?
Using the Venturi principle, a low pressure area is created when
iv) Maximum and minimum suction lift required by the
the mains water flow passes through the inductor nozzle.
inductor’s foam suction pipe?
Foam concentrate is drawn in at this point and mixes with the
v) Foam suction pipe length (m) and internal diameter (mm)?
water to produce foam solution.
vi) Angus Non-Return Valve (NRV) to be fitted or not?
There are six models in the Fl range and full performance
details are shown in Graphs 2.1 - 2.6. Between the operating NOTE:
limits of 4 and 16 bar at the inlet, the induction rate can be set It is recommended that a NRV should be fitted. This prevents
accurately between 1% and 6%. dilution of the foam storage should a discharge outlet
inadvertently become partly blocked, creating a back pressure in
Each inductor is calibrated at the factory to match the specific
the system.
requirements of the system into which it is to be installed and
the following operating parameters must therefore be defined
at the order stage:
C
MODELS IND 25, 40, MODELS
50 & 65/FI IND 80 & 100/FI
C
B
B FLOW FLOW
A D
E
IND25/F1 IND40/F1 IND50/F1 IND65/F1 IND80/F1 IND100/F1

A (mm) 100 160 320 365 - -
B (mm) 50 70 70 85 100 125
C (mm) 45 48 50 67 80 91
D (mm) - - - - 185 220
E (mm) - - - - 470 (max) 550 (max)
F (mm) - - - - 63 81
Connection 1˝ NPT (M) 1½˝ NPT (M) 2˝ NPT (M) 2½˝ NPT (M) Flange ANSI 3˝ Flange ANSI 4˝
RF #150 RF #150
Foam Inlet ½˝ NPT (M) ¾˝ NPT (M) ¾˝ NPT (M) 1˝ NPT (M) 1½˝ NPT (M) 1½˝ NPT (M)
Materials 316 Stainless Steel with Polyester internal fittings 316 Stainless Steel with Polyester
internal fittings & mild steel flanges
Finish Natural Yellow thermoplastic powder finish
Approx. Weight 0.32 kg 0.77 kg 1.78 kg 3.10 kg 8.50 kg 16.50 kg
Fig. 2.1 FI Fixed In-Line Inductors

In very hot areas where there is a risk of the entire pipeline
drying out, it is RECOMMENDED that the non-return valve
INDUCTOR is placed vertically above the inductor foam inlet, utilising
a swept ‘U’ bend to introduce the foam from the tank. This
FLOW
ensures the non-return valve only closes as required, during
operation, and does not get inadvertently stuck in the closed
position.
MIN SUCTION
It is the inductor which controls the flow, and care must
MAX SUCTION LIFT

LIFT
NON-RETURN OR
ON/OFF VALVE therefore be taken to ensure that the foam delivery device is
of a sufficient capacity not to ‘throttle” or reduce the designed
flow rate, as seen in the following examples:
Fixed Inductor Worked Example 1
Floating roof tank 36m diameter

FOAM STORAGE TANK
Foam dam height 0.6m
Foam dam distance from
tank wall 0.4m
Fig. 2.2 FI Fixed In-Line Inductors
Ring main pressure 10 bar
Design application rate 12.2l/min/m2
A fully authenticated computer program, developed by Angus
Area to be protected 1018 – 973.3m2
Fire ensures that the correct inductor performance is achieved.
= 44.7m2
One major benefit of the program is that the effects of changes
Foam solution flow rate 545 litres/min
to any of the operating conditions can be accurately predicted.
No. of Rimseal Pourers Circumference (113m) = 5
The engineer is thereby given all the necessary information
24.4
to enable him to design a system which makes the most cost
Flow rate per pourer = 545
effective use of the resources available, whilst maintaining
5
acceptable safety margins.
= 109 litres/min
Up to 65% of the inlet pressure at the inductor (60% with per pourer
model IND 25/FI) is available to power foam generating Ring main pressure 10 bar
equipment, overcome pipework friction losses and/or to Pressure available at
overcome static head pressures. Provided the back-pressure inductor outlet 10 x 65% = 6.5 bar
caused by the system configuration downstream from the Losses – head (10m) 1 bar
inductor does not exceed this, foam induction accuracy will be – other line losses + 0.5 bar = 1.5 bar
maintained.
Maximum pressure available at 6.5 – 1.5 bar
The flow characteristics of a non-return valve fitted to the
Rimseal Pourer (RFG) = 5.0 bar
foam pick-up pipe have to be allowed for, when calibrating
the inductor. When this is required, it needs to be supplied
by Angus Fire, as different NRV devices have widely different
pressure loss characteristics. If a non-return valve is not used,
it is recommended that a full-bore on/off valve is fitted as an
alternative.
To ensure accurate proportioning, the suction lift and foam

pick-up pipe length should be minimised wherever possible. A
maximum pipe length of 10 metres and suction lift of 3 metres
are the normal recommended limits.
However, the true limits will vary slightly from system to

system. Should these recommended maxima impose
unacceptable constraints, Angus Fire Engineering should
be contacted to run a computer simulation of your required
configuration.
There is no restriction on the orientation of the inductor, but

it should be noted that the water supply pipe diameter must
not be less than that of the inductor line size and should be
straight for a minimum of 5 x pipe diameters both upstream
and downstream of the installed inductor.

18 18
16 16
14 14
INLET PRESSURE (BAR)

12 12
10 10
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
50 100 150 200 250 300 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 1,600
FLOW (LITRES/MIN) FLOW (LITRES/MIN)
Graph 2.1 IND 25/F1 performance Graph 2.4 IND 65/F1 performance
18 18
16 16
14 14
12 12
10 10
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
100 200 300 400 500 600 400 600 800 1000 1,200 1,400 1,600 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400
18 18
16 16
14 14
12 12
10 10
8 8
6 6
4 4
2 2
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1,000 1,100 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 4,500
These graphs are for guidance only. Before final selection of inductor, size parameters (i-vi) on page 2.4 should be verified by our computer program
(especially where foam pick up heights exceed 2 metres and inductor rates of 6% are required).

Using Angus Fire RFG 135 pourers: flow increases above the design rate, foam flow rate is constant
Flow = K √ P where K = 51 therefore the foam solution will be weaker causing the system
Required flow per pourer = 109 litres/min. to run lean. Conversely a reduction in water flow will cause the
Therefore pressure required = (109/51) 2 system to run rich, as shown in the following example:
= 4.57 bar
As the maximum available pressure is 5.0 bar, there is therefore
An IND100/FI is used to induce 3% FP70 to supply an HM80
sufficient pressure to run the system.
monitor fitted with the FMC 2700 aspirating foam barrel. The
The design specification for the inductor is therefore 545 litres/ inductor is mounted adjacent to the monitor.
min. at 10 bar inlet pressure.
Maximum ring main pressure = 10 bar g.
Pressure available at inductor outlet = 6.5 bar g.
FMC 2700 foam solution demand @ 6.5 bar = 2640 litres/min.
If, however, the tank as specified in Example 1 is 20 metres
The IND 100/FI when trimmed to the above design parameters
high, instead of 10 metres, then the design considerations will
will induce 79 litres/min. of 3% foam concentrate.
change as follows:
If other demands are made on the ring main and the pressure
Pressure losses – head (20m) 2bar
drops to 8 bar, the following situation will occur:
– other line losses +0.5 bar
= 2.5 bar Pressure available at inductor outlet = 5.2 bar g.
Maximum available pressure FMC 2700 foam solution demand @ 5.2 bar = 2362 litres/min
at RFG 135 = 6.5 – 2.5
Foam concentrate flow remains constant (at 79 litres/min) and
= 4 bar
so the induction rate rises to 3.3%.
In this case, the maximum available pressure (4 bar) is below
This example shows that provided a system is designed to
that which is required to run the system using RFG 135 pourers
operate at maximum pressure for the required flow, if there
(4.57 bar).
is any reduction in actual supply pressure, the induction
Either the inlet pressure must be increased or larger capacity rate moves up rather than down, so and there will be no
RFG units must be used. deterioration in the fire fighting performance of the finished
foam.
Benefits of Fixed In-Line Inductors include:
It should be noted that as the performance of the Fl range of
1) Simple and cost-effective to install and operate. inductors is dependent upon the design parameters remaining
2) No external power source required. constant, it is unlikely that they will be suitable for portable
3) Actuated by mains water supply, so no additional pressure applications unless these parameters can be guaranteed at
sources required. every potential point of use. It is preferable to use portable
4) Minimal maintenance. Uniductors UNI225, UNI450 and IND900 which are specially
designed for portable use.
Once the Fl inductor is calibrated, the foam concentrate flow
rate to the unit will remain constant. If, therefore, the water
2.2.2 Helijector Foam Proportioning System – see Data Sheet 4001
The Angus Fire Helijector is a self-contained, skid mounted, The Helijector requires no external power source other than
foam proportioning system, comprising a foam storage tank, the fire main water supply pressure and operates immediately
water turbine, foam pump and all interconnecting pipework. the water inlet valve is opened after pump start up. The initial
All components are manufactured from materials accepted foam supply gives an operating time at 7 bar of between 10
for offshore use and are mounted within a robust steel framed minutes and 30 minutes, but the atmospheric foam storage
skid. tank can be replenished during use, to allow continuous
operation.
Developed primarily for offshore helideck monitor protection
systems, the Helijector is available in three sizes to match
constant flow rates of 900, 1800 and 2700 litres/minute at 7 bar
and is particularly suitable for use with the OM80 Oscillating
Monitor. The unit is also ideal for use with any other fixed foam
system with a known constant flow rate that matches the
Helijector.

Typical Helijector Schematic
1660 920
SWING FLOW VALVE WATER STRAINER

WATER
FOAM OUTLET
INLET
FOAM TANK
1020
WATER TRIM
VALVE
Ø18 MOUNT HOLES

WATER MOTOR
20 FOAM PUMP
100 1460 FIXING CENTRES 880 FIXING CENTRES
CONSTRUCTION
Foam Tank Glass fibre reinforced polyester resin.
Foam Pump Casing: Gunmetal LG2 to BS 1400
Rotors: Phosphor Bronze to BS 1400
Shafts: Stainless Steel
Water Motor Pelton Wheel: Phosphor Bronze to BS 1400 with LG2
Valves Gunmetal LG2 to BS 1400 + Stainless Steel 316
Pressure Gauges 100 mm pressure gauge 0 - 16 bar glycerine filled
Pipes & Fittings 90/10 Copper Nickel to BS 2871 Part 2 Table 3
Skid Framework Structural Steel to BS 4360
Skid Dimensions (excluding lifting eyes) 1660 x 780 x 1000 mm
Mounting Bolt Holes 4 x 18 mm diameter
Earthing Boss M10 tapped hole
Finish Standard: Red Thermoplastic Powder Coated
Option: Painting to Client Paint System
Weight (approx.) Empty: 192 Kg. Full: 513 Kg. (300 litres Angus Tridol ‘S’ 1%)

OPERATING DATA
Operating Pressure Standard: 7 bar
Option: As per Specific Requirements*
Flow Rate Standard: 900 lpm / 1800 lpm / 2700 lpm
Option: Flow Rate to Suit Specific Application*
Connections Water Inlet 1½” NPT male
Foam Concentrate Outlet 1” NPT male
Waste Water Discharge Open Drain
Foam Tank Capacity 300 litres
Induction Rate 1% (Angus Tridol ‘S’ 1% grade recommended)
3% at 900 litres/minute flow only (3% Alcoseal FFFP)
Operating Time (approx) 900 Model: 30 minutes (10 minutes where 3% used)
1800 Model: 15 minutes
2700 Model: 10 minutes
Operating Temperature Range 0°C to 50°C ambient
Fig. 2.3 Helijector Foam Proportioning System
* Please contact Angus Fire for advice for specific applications and maximum / minimum operating pressures and flow rates.

WATER MAIN
FOAM SOLUTION
NON RETURN
VALVE
HELIJECTOR
SKID
PELTON FOAM
WHEEL PUMP
MOTOR
WATER TO
DRAIN
FOAM CONCENTRATE
RELIEF VALVE
FOAM
CONCENTRATE
TANK
FOAM CONCENTRATE
Fig. 2.4 Schematic diagram of a Helijector/Oscillating Monitor OM80 fitted with N. Series nozzle
The Helijector is designed to provide a fixed percentage foam Benefits of the Helijector Foam Proportioning System
concentrate injection (1%) into a monitor or similar foam include:
system with a constant foam solution demand of 900, 1800 or
1) Simple and reliable to operate.
2700 litres/minute at 7 bar inlet pressure. A small amount of
2) No external power source required.
mains water is used to drive a pelton wheel turbine connected
3) Actuated by mains water flow.
to a foam pump and the amount of concentrate delivered
4) Can be easily refilled with foam, even during operation.
relates directly to the turbine speed. The system thereby
5) Manufactured in materials suitable for offshore marine
automatically compensates for variations in water flow caused
environments.
by fluctuations in system pressure, ensuring that accurate foam
6) No pressure loss across the proportioning system.
induction rates are maintained over a wide range of operating
conditions.

2.3 INDUCTION SYSTEMS FOR VARIABLE FLOW
2.3.1 Introduction to the principle of balanced pressure proportioners
In many fixed foam system designs, there will often be a need Therefore whatever the conditions, there will always exist a low
for a single foam concentrate proportioning installation to pressure area at the neck of the venturi when water is actually
accurately supply foam solution over a wide range of varying flowing, and consequently foam concentrate and water will
foam solution demands. A common example of this is in a always be driven into the proportioner unit.
petrochemical storage facility (tank farm) where tanks and
The fixed induction rate of any specific balanced pressure
bunds of varying sizes will demand differing amounts of foam
proportioner, will be governed by the quantity of foam
solution as defined by the relevant standards to protect the
concentrate that is introduced into the water flow at the neck
hazards concerned.
of the venturi. This itself is controlled by the size of the foam
Catering for this need of accurate induction rates over large metering orifice in relation to the size of the water venturi
varying flows demands is generally achieved by the balanced orifice.
pressure variable flow type proportioning system. The principle
During Operation P1 >P2
by which these proportioners operate can be described as
Thus provided P1 = PF
follows:
Then PF > P2, and foam induction occurs.
The basic design criteria of the balanced pressure proportioner
When the foam demand varies, P1 will increase or decrease.
is to arrange the induction system so that foam concentrate
However, for all equilibrium flow conditions the relationship P1
and mains water are delivered to the proportioner unit
> P2 is maintained. Thus providing P1 = PF then PF > P2 and
at exactly the same line pressure. The mains water is then
induction will always occur.
directed through a venturi which accelerates the flow and
simultaneously results in the development of a low pressure There are specialized versions of the standard BPP which are
area within the unit. By introducing the foam concentrate, via designed to provide foam proportioning rates across a very
a metering orifice, into this low pressure area at the neck of the wide range of flows. These are called Wide Range Proportioners
venturi, foam concentrate is always drawn in at the same ratio introduced to meet the extra wide flow range requirements
to mains water flow and the pressure differential is maintained. of foam enhanced closed head sprinkler systems, like the
WASP (Wide-range Accurate Sprinkler Proportioner) which is
When the foam solution demand changes the pressure
normally provided as an integral “plug-in” system (See Section
difference between the water and foam solution will alter, but
2.3.4).
the relationship between them will remain and be maintained.
FOAM
CONCENTRATE
PF
WATER MAIN P1 FOAM SOLUTION

P2
P1 – MAINS WATER INLET PRESSURE
P2 – MAINS WATER PRESSURE AT NECK OF VENTURI
PF – FOAM CONCENTRATE PRESSURE
Fig. 2.5 A Balanced Pressure Foam Proportioner (BPP)

2.3.2 Balanced Pressure Foam Proportioner - see Data Sheet 5042
Angus Fire’s Balanced Pressure Foam Proportioners (BPP) proportioner by reducing pressure losses at higher flow rates.
operate on the above principle and are available in five basic
Without this improver, a 7:1 ratio (eg. 1,600 – 11,200L/min) is
sizes (80-250mm).
achieved between minimum and maximum flow rates where
The performance of these BPPs is defined by what is deemed the maximum pressure drop across the unit reaches 1.25 bar.
to be a maximum acceptable pressure drop across the unit With the improver fitted, this min-max. flow range increases
– nominally 1.25 bar. An optional pressure recovery improver to 10:1 (eg. 1,600-16,000L/min), still with a maximum pressure
section is available which extends the upper flow limit of the drop of 1.25 bar.
DIMENSIONS
Model BPP80 BPP100 BPP150 BPP200 BPP250
Dimension A (mm) 70 70 80 120 115
B (mm) 200 247 423 561 737
C (mm) 83 100 123 150 188
D (mm) 93 118 140 165 205
E (mm) 20 22 22 27 27
F (mm) 64 dia. 84 dia. 126 dia. 136 dia. 211 dia.
G (mm) 83 105 132 158 188
H (mm) 115 127 165 207 242
Foam inlet connection 1½” BSP (F) 1½”BSP(F) 2”BSP(F) 3” BSP (F) 3” BSP (F)
Upstream pressure tapping ½” BSP (F)
Drain plug tapping ¼” BSP (F) ½” BSP (F) ¾” BSP (F) 1” BSP (F)
Each unit is designed to fit 80mm 100mm 150mm 200mm 250mm
between PN 20 flanges to ANSI B16.5
It should be noted that the body construction varies slightly across the range to accomodate the different bolt hole positions.
Model BPP80 BPP100 BPP150 BPP200 BPP250

Recommended min. flow (litres/min.) 220 410 675 1600 2200
Recommended max. flow
- with improver (litres/min.) 2200 4100 6750 16000 22000
- without improver (litres/min.) 1600 2750 4725 10000 14000
Recommended min. working pressure 4 bar g
Recommended max. working pressure 16 bar g
Pressure loss across unit Less than 1.25 bar g at recommended max. flows
Note: The quoted pressure loss is at maximum flow and decreases significantly with lower flow rates.
CONSTRUCTION
Materials - Body Gunmetal LG4
- improver Cupro Nickel CN102
Finish Natural
Approx. weight (Kg.)
(including optional improver) 7 9.2 17 37 55
Fig. 2.6 Angus Balanced Pressure Foam Proportioners

The maximum and minimum flow rates are therefore given Each unit is factory-calibrated to suit proportioning rates of
for guidance only and indicate the performance band within 1 %, 2% 3% or 6% and the specific foam type being used, to
which the BPP will function accurately under pre-determined compensate for differing concentrate viscosities. A trimming
induction rate and pressure loss conditions. If lower flows screw facility on the foam inlet permits minor adjustments
outside the stated range are used, the proportioner will start to on site, during commissioning. However, it is recommended
run "rich" ( ie above the 3% setting). If operated at higher flows that when the use of the larger units set for high foam
above the stated maximum, the pressure losses will be greater concentrations is being considered, Angus Fire should be
than the 1.25 bar g anticipated, as shown in Graphs 2.7 - 2.11, contacted for further advice.
and the foam proportioning will start to run “lean” (ie below the
3% setting). Fig. 2.7 Nominal performance of Angus BPPs
BPP80 BPP100 BPP150 BPP200 BPP250

RECOMMENDED MIN. FLOW (litres/min.) 220 410 675 1600 2200
RECOMMENDED MAX. FLOW
- WITH IMPROVER (litres/min.) 2200 4100 6750 16000 22000
- WITHOUT IMPROVER (litres/min.) 1600 2750 4725 10000 14000
RECOMMENDED MIN. WORKING PRESSURE 4 bar g
RECOMMENDED MAX. WORKING PRESSURE 16 bar g
PRESSURE LOSS ACROSS UNIT Less than 1.25 bar g at recommended max. flows
2.0
2.0
1.5
PRESSURE DROP (BAR. G)
WITHOUT
1.5
PRESSURE LOSS (BAR. G)
1.0 IMPROVER
WITH
IMPROVER
WITHOUT WITH
IMPROVER IMPROVER
0.5 1.0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500

FLOW (LITRES/MIN) 0.5
Graph 2.7 Pressure drop/flow BPP 80
2000 4000 6000 8000

2.0 FLOW (LITRES/MIN)
PRESSURE DROP (BAR. G)
1.5
WITHOUT WITH
IMPROVER IMPROVER
1.0
0.5 0.8
PRESSURE LOSS (BAR)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 0.6

FLOW (LITRES/MIN)
WITH
IMPROVER
Graph 2.8 Pressure drop/flow BPP 100 0.4
0.2
1.6
PRESSURE LOSS (BAR. G)
1.2 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
FLOW (LITRES/MIN)
WITH
IMPROVER
0.8
0.4
2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000
FLOW (LITRES/MIN)

All Angus Fire BPPs are designed to be installed between ANSI on orientation of these units. To ensure accurate proportioning,
150 16.5 flanges and it is recommended that 3 X pipe diameter the foam concentrate must be supplied to the BPP at exactly
of straight pipe upstream, and 5 x pipe diameter downstream the same pressure as that at the water inlet. This can be
(after the pressure recovery section, if fitted), is allowed for in achieved by using the proportioner in conjunction with either
the system design to minimise turbulence at the venturi point a BAG TANK MODULE or BALANCE VALVE and it must be stated
and maintain proportioning accuracy. There are no limitations at the time of ordering which will be used in your system.
2.3.3 Foam Proportioning Bag Tank Modules - see Data Sheet 5045
DIMENSIONS (NOMINAL)
BAG TANK MODULE CAPACITY (litres)
450* 1125* 2250 3375 4500
Dimension A (mm) 2005 2800 3170 3570 3750
B (mm) 776 964 1350 1450 1558
C (mm) 776 964 1350 1450 1558
D (mm) 345 345 345 345 345
E (mm) 405 484 303 303 303
F (mm) 599 684 805 870 925
Approximate Weight Kg (empty) 350 650 1000 1500 2000
Water Inlet Connection 2” RF flange to ANSI B16.5 Class 150
Foam Concentrate Outlet Connection 2” RF flange to ANSI B16.5 Class 150
Vessel Water Drain 2½” male instantaneous to BS336
Foam Concentrate Fill 2½” male instantaneous to BS336
*It should be noted that on the 450 and 1125 litre capacity models the water inlet locates to the outside of the support leg.

CONSTRUCTION
Pressure Vessel Carbon steel welded fabrication.
Designed in accordance with design code BS PD 5500: 2003
Internal Bladder Reinforced butyl rubber
Pipework Carbon steel
Control Valves Cast steel bodies with stainless steel balls
Drain/Fill Valves Brass
Finish Internal - bitumastic coal tar epoxy. External - zinc rich epoxy primer
Maximum Working Pressure 16 bar.g.
Minimum Working Pressure 4 bar.g.
Test Pressure 22.5 bar.g.
Operating Temperature Range 0°C to 60°C
Fig. 2.8 Bag Tank Modules

Angus Fire’s Bag Tank Modules are available in five sizes and The BPP may be located up to 3 metres away from the Bag
are supplied as a free standing steel pressure vessel with Tank Module (vertically and horizontally), thereby increasing
interconnecting pipework terminating at valved connections the flexibility when considering installation into an existing fire
for water inlet and foam concentrate outlet. The Balanced main.
Pressure Proportioner (BPP) is supplied separately to maximize
the flexibility of combinations available. Benefits of Foam Proportioning Bag Tanks:
The foam concentrate is stored within a butyl rubber bag or 1) Accurate foam concentrate proportioning over a wide and
“bladder” which is fixed by flanges top and bottom inside the varying range of foam solution demands.
steel pressure vessel. When the system is operated, water at 2) Extra wide operating pressure range 4-16 bar.
fire main pressure enters the tank between the vessel wall 3) Self-contained and fully tested assembly.
and the rubber bag containing the foam concentrate. Foam 4) No external power source required, making it intrinsically
concentrate is then expelled from the bag into the Balanced safe for use in hazardous areas.
Pressure Proportioner at the correct induction rate (eg. 3%). 5) Minimal pressure loss across the proportioner.
(See Fig. 2.9). 6) Simple to install and easy to operate.
7) Require minimal maintenance.
As mains pressure is used for the power source, which is
8) Tested, reliable and effective re-filling procedure that
contained within the pressure vessel without loss, the foam
protects bag integrity
concentrate will always be discharged at this same pressure,
9) Cost effective variable foam proportioning system.
automatically compensating for any variations in flow.
Therefore, provided there is flow across the venturi creating a
low pressure area, accurate foam induction will always occur
across a range of flows and operating pressures.
BAG
TANK
FOAM
CONCENTRATE
BALANCED PRESSURE
FOAM PROPORTIONER
(SUPPLIED SEPARATELY)
FOAM CONCENTRATE
FOAM
DRAIN
WATER FOAM
SOLUTION
WATER
WATER FLOW
DRAIN
Fig. 2.9 Foam Proportioning Bag Tank schematic
It should be noted that filling and recharging procedures must pressures on the rubber flange attachments or the rubber
be strictly adhered to at all times to prevent damage to the bag, virtually eliminating the risk of a tear or bag rupture and
butyl rubber bag or “bladder”. We have developed a particularly resulting loss of foam concentrate.
reliable filling procedure, which when followed, relieves any

2.3.3.1 Typical Foam Proportioning Bag Tank Applications The modular construction of our BAG TANKS and BALANCED
PRESSURE FOAM PROPORTIONERS means that they are fully
Foam Proportioning Bag Tanks can be used on almost any fixed interchangeable for maximum flexibility and cost effectiveness.
foam system. The "self powered" characteristics make them Any of the 10 BPP options may be used with any of the 5 BAG
ideally suited to applications where no external power source TANK sizes. See Fig. 2.7 for BPP performance data.
is easily available. The Bag Tank system is also 'intrinsically safe", However, it should be noted that it may be inappropriate to
allowing it to be installed in hazardous areas without the need use the Bag Tank Module in conjunction with the larger BPPs
to consider 'flameproof" versions. when high foam induction rates are required (eg. 6%). (For
example a 4500 litre Bag Tank Module unit with a BPP 250 set
Typical applications include: at 6% will have an operating time of just 3.5 minutes!).
z Foam Top Pouring and Rimseal systems In this instance, a BPP/Balance Valve skid unit (see Fig. 2.12)
z Base Injection systems is the recommended alternative, but if in any doubt, contact
z MEX Bund Pouring systems Angus Fire Engineering.
z Monitor systems
z Foam/Water sprinkler systems c) Foam Induction Rate
z Foam enhancement of Waterspray systems The foam concentrate to be used and the required induction
z Foam enhancement of closed head sprinkler systems rate must be specified at the time of ordering. BPPs are factory
(usually requires Wide Range Proportioner – see section calibrated to suit specific foam types and proportioning rates
2.3.4) (typically 1 %, 2%, 3% or 6%).
z High Expansion foam systems
z Multiple foam application systems BPP/Bag Tank Worked Example 1
Having decided your design of a fixed foam system requires Q. Which Angus Fire BPP/BAG TANK combination should be
a Foam Proportioning Bag Tank Module, the following factors used in a foam system requiring 3500 litres/min. of foam
must be considered when selecting the specific unit: solution, operating for 30 minutes when using ANGUS
FP70 Fluoroprotein Foam Concentrate?
A. The recommended induction rate for ANGUS FP70 is 3%,

2.3.3.2 Selecting the correct Bag tank Module for your therefore the foam concentrate consumption rate of the
specific application foam system will be:
Follow these steps to determine the correct combination of Foam solution flow rate = 3500L/min, so BPP100 with
module and BPP for your system: improver required
Foam concentrate
a) Determine Bag Tank Module Size required consumption required = 3500 x 0.03 = 105 litres
every minute
The size (capacity) of the unit is dictated by the foam Minimum system
concentrate induction rate, maximum foam solution demand operating time = 30 minutes
and maximum operating time required for the foam system. Total foam consumption = 105 x 30 = 3150 litres
Therefore, Nominal 3% allowance for
foam in supply lines = 95 litres
Foam capacity = induction rate X maximum foam solution flow Total foam storage
rate X maximum system operating time for the system. requirement = 3245 litres
The standard Angus Fire FOAM PROPORTIONING BAG TANK The recommended equipment to be used to meet these
MODULES are available in the following sizes: criteria would be:
LITRES UK GALLONS US GALLONS Bag Tank Module: 3375 litre capacity
450 100 120 Balanced Pressure
1125 250 300 Proportioner: BPP 100i (with improver, flow
2250 500 600 range 410-4100 litres/min.)
3375 750 900 Induction rate setting
4500 1000 1200 required: 3% induction for FluoroProtein
type foam concentrate
b) Determine Balanced Pressure Proportioner Required
The selection of the foam concentrate proportioner to be used

in a particular installation will depend upon the range of foam
solution demands that are required by the system design.
Calculate the minimum and maximum flow demands of your
system.

BPP/Bag Tank Worked Example 2 2.3.3.3 Bag Tank Module Options
Q. Will we be able to use the same Bag Tank as recommended

in (1) above if the system operating time is extended to 40 A number of extra cost options are available with these Bag
minutes? Tank Modules which must be specified at time of order:
A. The total foam concentrate consumption for 40 minutes i) Automatic operation. Pressure operated valves are supplied
operation would be: which open when a pre set pressure is reached in the
supply line and similarly, they close again after system
Total foam concentrate shutdown to prevent foam concentrate continuing to
consumption = 105 X 40 = 4200 litres drain into the water main. Piston-operated mechanical
Foam solution flow rate linkages require regular maintenance to prevent seizing
unchanged = 3500L/min, so BPP100i with and must be manually re-set after operation. This Angus
improver required Fire automatic facility is maintenance-free.
Nominal 3% allowance = 126 litres
Total foam storage ii) Refilling during operation. Angus Fire Bag Tank Modules
requirement = 4326 litres can be recharged during operation when used in
conjunction with a Balance Valve. Contact Angus Fire for
The 3375 litre capacity Bag Tank would have insufficient foam full details.
concentrate supply to operate for 40 minutes. Therefore III) Sight glass. To confirm level of foam concentrate within
the answer is NO; BUT the following larger tank option is the bladder once refilled and after use. This cannot indicate
recommended: foam levels during operation as sight glass will always
Bag Tank Module: 4500 litre capacity appear full when the unit is operating.
Balanced Pressure iv) Pour fill. This facility enables the bladder to be filled
Proportioner: Unchanged (BPP100i) manually from the top using gravity, but it cannot be used
Induction rate Unchanged (Set for at 3% whilst the unit is in operation.
FluoroProtein concentrate)
v) Access ladder. This vertical rung ladder or hooped ladder
(supplied within EU) assists access to valving on the top of
the tank. Available on all sizes except 450Litre.
vi) Hand foam concentrate pump. This allows the bag to be

filled manually (not recommended for larger or multiple
tanks!).
2.3.4 Wide Range Proportioner
Wide range proportioners are similar to BPPs but with an Wide range proportioners are designed specifically to meet
extended flow range across which they should provide the key demands for foam enhancement of sprinkler systems
accurate foam induction. They are designed to meet the required by many Insurance organisations and Loss Prevention
needs of foam enhancing wet pipe automatic closed head Consultants, which are:
sprinkler systems, which probably have the widest flow
z Achieve accurate foam proportioning across the full
range requirement of any foam system. Flows can vary from
sprinkler system’s flow range.
a single head operating up to the maximum number of
z Meet the stringent accuracy requirements of NFPA 16 and/
heads designed to operate at any one time. This may require
or EN13565-1.
turndown ratios of up to 25:1. Standard BPP systems are
z Provide simple operation, reliability and be independent of
designed for normally dry pipe deluge type systems so are
external power sources.
not designed to operate under the very low flow conditions
z Discharge foam at the correct induction rate immediately
imposed by these wet pipe closed head foam enhanced
the first 2 or 3 heads have activated. This is critical for rapid
sprinkler systems, which the wide range proportioners are
fire control. Such fast response proportioning minimizes
designed to achieve.
financial losses.
BPPs typically provide 7:1 or 10:1 turndown ratios which do z Simplicity of installation to give a cost-effective “plug-in”
not meet these wide flow demands, hence a wide range system.
proportioning unit will normally be required for foam
enhancement of closed head sprinkler systems (Section 7.4).

2.3.5 Balance Valves – see Data Sheet 5043
The most versatile type of induction system for variable foam line pressure. The Balance Valve controls or reduces this foam
solution demands is based on the water supply pressure at the pressure to match the water line pressure, so that accurate
BPP being matched with the foam concentrate pressure by foam induction occurs across the venturi in the BPP. A duplex
means of a special balancing control valve or Balance Valve. pressure gauge is fitted as standard which displays the pressure
on both sides of the diaphragm (foam concentrate pressure
Angus Fire’s Balance Valves are diaphragm-actuated piston
after control from the foam pump, and water line pressure).
valves and are available in three sizes – Type A, B or C –
This gives visual confirmation of correct operating conditions,
depending upon the required foam concentrate flow.
when both pressures are correctly balanced, and the two
A dedicated foam pump supplies foam concentrate at a needles are indicating the same pressure. Once this occurs,
continual overpressure – Angus Fire recommends a minimum accurate foam proportioning will result downstream.
of 1 bar differential above the maximum anticipated water
TYPE A TYPE B TYPE C

Dimension A (mm) 260 dia. 320 dia. 320 dia.
B (mm) 300 315 325
C (mm) 114 130 180
D (mm) 1½" BSP (f ) 2" BSP (f ) 3" BSP (f )
E (mm) 1½" BSP (f ) 2" BSP (f ) 3" BSP (f )
Water Pressure Balance Pipe Length (mm) 900
Water Pressure Balance Pipe ½" BSP (m)
Operating Pressure Range 5 - 18 bar g

CONSTRUCTION
Materials Body Gunmetal LG4
Diaphragm Neoprene rubber/nylon
Piston Valve Stainless steel 316S16
Water Pressure Balance Pipe Stainless steel 316S16/PTFE
Finish Natural
Approx. Weight 20.5 kg 38.5 kg 53.0 kg
Fig. 2.11 Angus Balance Valves

5
Valve type ‘A’

4
MIN FOAM PUMP OVER - PRESSURE - (BAR.G.)
Valve type ‘B’
Valve type ‘C’
1
RECOMMENDED MINIMUM
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500
FOAM CONCENTRATE FLOW (LITRES/MIN)
Graph 2.11 Balance Valve Selection
Whilst the Balance Valve will function in any orientation, it Required minimum foam
is recommended that it be installed in the upright position pump operating pressure at
wherever possible to allow gravity to assist the control valve above maximum flow (design
mechanism by minimizing the risk of drying out. pressure + 1 bar) 10 +1 = 11 bar
In order to select the correct size Balance Valve it is necessary A series of "typical" foam pump performance graphs is shown
to have full performance details of the foam concentrate in Graph 2.12a from which it can be seen that at 24m3/h the
pump being selected. Using graph 2.11, the operating point of operating pressure of:
maximum foam concentrate flow required and the minimum
PUMP 'R' is 11.5 bar
overpressure the foam pump can supply at this flow, is located.
The valve curve to the right of the operating point is the and
minimum size Balance Valve suitable for the application, as
PUMP 'Q' is 14.1 bar
shown by the following example.
Both pumps exceed the minimum operating pressure
Balance Valve Worked Example requirement of 11 bar.
A foam induction system is required to operate a number Refer now to Graph 2.12b which indicates the foam
of discharge devices, resulting in a variable foam solution concentrate flow of 400 litres/min.
demand.
If foam pump 'R' is considered, the Balance Valve curve to the
Foam solution flow range 900 - 6670 litres/min. right of the minimum overpressure point is that for the TYPE B
Foam concentrate 6% Angus Petroseal FFFP valve.
System design pressure 10 bar
If foam pump 'Q' is considered, the Balance Valve curve to the
Maximum foam concentrate
right of the minimum overpressure point is that for the TYPE A
flow 400 litres/min. (24m3/h)
valve.

25.0 5
‘P’
VALVE VALVE
‘Q’ PUMP ‘Q’ TYPE TYPE
20.0 4 A B
MIN FOAM PUMP OVER - PRESSURE - (BAR. G)

‘R’
15.0 3 VALVE
PRESSURE - (BAR. G)
14.1 TYPE
‘V’ C
‘S’
12.5
11.5
‘W’
10.0 2
‘T’ ‘X’
PUMP ‘R’
7.5
‘U’ ‘Y’
5.0 RECOMMENDED
1
MINIMUM
2.5 ‘Z’
2” 21/2”
10 20
24
30 40 50 0
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500
FLOW - m3/h
FOAM CONCENTRATE FLOW (LITRES/MIN)
Graph 2.12a Typical Foam Pump Performance Graph 2.12b Balance Valve Performance
Therefore, for this particular system the equipment options z Foam enhancement of Waterspray systems
available to the designer are either: z Foam enhancement of closed head sprinkler systems
(usually requires Wide Range Proportioner – see section
a) BPP 150 with improver (flow range 675 - 6750 litres/min.)
2.3.4)
Type B Balance Valve
z High Expansion Foam systems
Foam Concentrate Pump Model 'R'
z Multiple foam application systems
or
All 3 Balance Valves can be used with any of the 10 BPP options
b) BPP 150 with improver
for maximum flexibility, thereby enabling the system designer
Type A Balance Valve
to select the individual components which are best suited to
Foam Concentrate Pump Model 'Q'
their particular application.
Typical Applications for Angus Balance Valves and BPPs However, Angus Fire can supply a comprehensive range
include: of fully-assembled self-contained skid units comprising a
BPP, Balance Valve, foam pump and all necessary ancillary
z Base Injection systems
equipment – as shown in Fig. 2.12.
z Foam Top Pouring and Rimseal systems
z MEX Bund Pourer Systems Foam concentrate bulk storage tanks and auxiliary power units
z Monitor systems are also available - all in skid mounted modular form for full
z Foam/Water sprinkler systems interchangeability.
2.3.6 Foam Skid Packages and Total System Design Capability
Angus Fire Engineering employs a team of specialist fire If you are in any doubt regarding the application or operation
protection engineers, equipped with computer aided design of our equipment, or you would like to find out more about a
and hydraulic analysis facilities to provide a comprehensive full skid package or our total system design capability, please
service from technical support through to complete system contact Angus Fire Engineering.
design and supply, as required.

PROPORTIONER
FOAM SOLUTION WATER
BALANCE
VALVE
STOP CHECK
VALVE
SURPLUS
VALVE
FOAM
CONCENTRATE
PUMP
FILTER
STOP STOP
VALVE VALVE
FOAM
CONCENTRATE
TANK
Fig. 2.12 Schematic Diagram of Angus BPP/Balance Valve Skid design

1
8
S E C T I O N T H R E E
Protection of Fuel Storage Tanks
Base Injection Section 3.2 Page 3.7
Foam Top Pouring Systems – Fixed Roof Tanks Section 3.3 Page 3.8
Rimseal Pouring Systems – Floating Roof Tanks Section 3.4 Page 3.16
Bund (Dike) Area Protection Section 3.5 Page 3.22
Foam Monitors Section 3.6 Page 3.28
Supplementary Protection Section 3.7 Page 3.31
Exposure Protection Section 3.8 Page 3.33
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION THREE PAGE 3. 1

PAGE 3. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION THREE
S E C T I O N T H R E E
Protection of Fuel Storage Tanks
3.1 INTRODUCTION
The protection of vertical hazardous flammable and BS EN 1568 -1

combustible liquid storage tanks represents one of the most Fire extinguishing media – Foam concentrates Part 1:
common applications for which fixed low expansion foam Specification for medium expansion foam concentrates for
systems are used. surface applications to water immiscible liquids.
In most major installations the general rules governing the BS EN 1568-2
design of such systems are clearly defined by international Fire extinguishing media – Foam concentrates Part 2:
standards issued by, for example, NFPA, British Standards Specification for high expansion foam concentrates for surface
Institute, European Norms, or by other regulations adopted by a applications to water immiscible liquids.
specific operating company.
The above standards have been adopted as they are
This Section considers the methods most widely used to considered to be those most commonly encountered.
provide what is regarded as an acceptable overall level However, it should be noted that they provide a recommended
of protection and the design guidelines are generally in minimum level of protection only and the exact design code
accordance with the latest edition of the following standards: and practices must always be agreed prior to the design of any
foam system.
NFPA 11
Standard for Low Expansion Foam and Combined Agent Wherever hazardous liquid fuels are stored there should be
Systems an associated bund or dike area surrounding the tank(s), to
contain 110% of the tank’s fuel capacity within a given area
EN13565-1
in the event of tank rupture. The protection of a tank farm, or
Fixed firefighting systems – Foam systems - Part 1: Components
other hazardous liquid fuel storage area, can therefore be split
EN 13565-2 into two distinct categories which must be protected by their
Fixed firefighting systems – Foam systems - Part 2: Design, own fixed or semi-fixed foam system. These are:
construction and maintenance (supersedes BS5306 Sections
a) Protection of the storage tank(s)
6.1 & 6.2)
b) Protection of the bunded area(s) (dike/s)
BS EN 1568-3
When designing a foam system to protect bulk fuel storage
Fire extinguishing media – Foam concentrates Part 3:
tanks there are two variables to be considered which will have
Specification for low expansion foam concentrates for surface
a bearing on the selection of the most suitable equipment as
applications to water immiscible liquids.
shown in Fig. 3.1
BS EN 1568-4
a) The classification of the fuel
Fire extinguishing media – Foam concentrates Part 4:
b) The type and construction of the tank
Specification for low expansion foam concentrates for surface
applications to water miscible liquids.
3.1.1 Classification of the Fuel
Hazardous liquid fuels are divided into two main groups – ii) Class IB
Flammable or Volatile Liquids and Combustible Liquids – which Those having flash-points below 22.8°C (73°F) and a
are defined as follows: boiling point at or above 37.8°C (100°F).
a) Flammable Liquids are those which have a flash-point iii) Class IC

below 37.8°C (100°F) and a vapour pressure not exceeding Those having flash-points at or above 22.8°C (73°F) and
276 kPa (absolute) at 37.8°C (100°F) and are sub-divided as below 37.8°C (100°F).
follows:
b) Combustible Liquids are those which have flash-points at
i) Class IA or above 37.8°C (100°F) and are sub-divided as follows:
Those having flash-points below 22.8°C (73°F) and a
i) Class II
boiling point below 37.8°C (100°F).
Those having flash-points at or above 37.8°C (100°F)
and below 60°C (140°F).

ii) Class IIIA Any of these Classes may be hydrocarbon – sometimes called
Those having flash-points at or above 60°C (140°F) and water immiscible – fuels (not mixing with water), or polar
below 93.3°C (200°F). solvent – sometimes also called water miscible – fuels (readily
mix with water). Polar solvents are usually foam destructive and
iii) Class IIIB
require Alcohol Resistant type foam concentrates to provide
Those having flash-points at or above 93.3°C (200°F).
adequate fire protection.
Fig. 3.1 Foam system selection chart for the protection of vertical Fuel Storage Tanks
TYPE OF FUEL STORED

TYPE OF STORAGE TANK HYDROCARBON POLAR SOLVENT
Base Injection
FIXED CONE ROOF Foam Top Pourers
Foam Top Pourers
Rimseal Foam Pourers Rimseal Foam Pourers

OPEN TOP FLOATING ROOF**
Foam Cannons/Big Monitors *† Foam Cannons/Big Monitors *†
INTERNAL or COVERED
Foam Top Pourers and Base Injection
FLOATING ROOF** Foam Top Pourers
Foam Top Pourers
(INCLUDING GEODESIC DOMES)
NOTES:
Each method of protection is listed in order of preference
* This is not recommended by NFPA as primary protection on tanks over 18m in diameter
** For total protection the full surface area of these tanks should be considered, and treated as fixed roof tanks, ie total surface covering of foam required (see
Section 3.3)
† Not considered suitable for protecting the rimseal area as the roof can be de-stabilised, but widely used to protect against a full surface fire, should the
floating roof sink or partially collapse.
For a general introduction to the subject, read the ‘Storage Tank Protection’ brochure.
3.1.2 Construction of the Fuel Storage Tanks
Vertical atmospheric storage tanks may be divided into two i) Mechanical shoe seal.
main types:
ii) Tube seal.
a) Fixed Cone Roof (including internal or covered floating roof
Weathershields and secondary seals may additionally be
types).
installed.
b) Open Top Floating Roof – which are defined as those
Internal or covered floating roof tanks with light plastic blankets
without a fixed roof but with a double-deck or pontoon
or floating diaphragms, which may be easily destroyed or
type floating roof. Two types of seal arrangement are
quickly sink in a fire, are considered as fixed cone roof tanks.
normally employed on these tanks:
Geodesic domed tanks, with substantial decks, should protect

the rimseal area. Ask Angus Fire for details of its dedicated
geodesic pourer.
Fig 3.2 Fuel Storage Tanks – Fixed Roof & Open Top Floating Roof

3.1.3 Foam Concentrate Selection and Application Rates
Fig. 3.3 shows Angus Fire foam concentrates recommended recommended foam solution application rates, as
for each application, Fig. 3.4 summarises the minimum recommended in NFPA 11 and EN 13565-2
Fig. 3.3 Foam Concentrate Selection Chart
TYPE OF VERTICAL ATMOSPHERE STORAGE TANK
TYPE OF FOAM FIXED ROOF OPEN TOP FLOATING ROOF INTERNAL FLOATING ROOF
SYSTEM Hydrocarbon Polar Solvent Hydrocarbon Polar Solvent Hydrocarbon Polar Solvent
TankmasterC6
ONLY
FP 70C6
BASE when
PetrosealC6 N/A N/A N/A N/A
INJECTION Top Pourers
AlcosealC6
also installed
TridolC6 ATF
FOAM TOP
TankmasterC6 TankmasterC6 TankmasterC6
POURERS
FP70C6 AlcosealC6 FP70C6 AlcosealC6 FP70C6 AlcosealC6
or
AlcosealC6 TridolC6 ATF AlcosealC6 TridolC6 ATF AlcosealC6 TridolC6 ATF
RIMSEAL
TridolC6 ATF TridolC6 ATF TridolC6 ATF
POURERS
TankmasterC6 TankmasterC6 TankmasterC6

FOAM CANNONS/ FP70C6 AlcosealC6 FP70C6 AlcosealC6 FP70C6 AlcosealC6
BIG MONITORS AlcosealC6 TridolC6 ATF AlcosealC6 TridolC6 ATF AlcosealC6 TridolC6 ATF
TridolC6 ATF TridolC6 ATF TridolC6 ATF
NOTES:
N/A denotes this type of foam system is not considered suitable for this application, unless independently validated tests have established its suitability and
effectiveness.
Fig. 3.4 Summary of recommended minimum foam solution application rates
METHOD OF PRODUCTION FUEL TYPE NFPA 11 1 EN13565-2 2

BASE INJECTION Hydrocarbon 4.1 (0.1) †4
< 45m dia. †4
Hydrocarbon 4.1 (0.1) 45-60m dia †5
FOAM TOP POURERS >60 m dia †6
Polar Solvent * *
Hydrocarbon 12.2 (0.3) †12
RIMSEAL POURERS
Polar Solvent * *
< 45m dia. †10
FOAM CANNONS/ Hydrocarbon 6.5 (0.16) 45-60m dia †11
BIG MONITORS # >60 m dia 12
Polar Solvent * N/A
NOTES:
1 Minimum application rate in L/min/m2 (usgpm/ft2)
2 Minimum application rate in L/min/m2
* Because of their foam-destructive nature, polar solvents require the use of special alcohol-resistant foam concentrates such as AlcosealC6 or TridolC6 ATF. The
minimum application rate will therefore be dependent upon the particular polar solvent fuel stored – consult Angus Fire for further details and specific
recommendations.
† EN13565-2 application rates assume a foam concentrate of extinguishing performance class 1A or 2A (under EN1568-3) is chosen.
Where Class 1B/2B foams are chosen add 10% to application rate (ie 4 becomes 4.4L/min/m2).
Where Class 1C/2C foams are chosen add 25% to application rate (ie. 4 becomes 5L/min/m2)
Extinguishing Class 1D/2D/3B/3C/3D foams are not recommended.
# Monitors are increasingly considered unsuitable for rimseal areas of OTFR tanks and internal floating roof tanks, unless the full fuel surface is exposed. They
are also not generally considered suitable for tanks containing polar solvent hazards as their forceful application can prevent the polymer raft from forming
with AR foam application.

Polar Solvent = water miscible fuel.
N/A denotes this type of protection is not considered suitable for this application, unless independently validated tests have established its suitability and
effectiveness.
Unleaded petroleum containing no more than 10% oxygenated additives by volume are included as hydrocarbons. Where oxygenated additive content exceeds
10% by volume, protection is normally in accordance with Water miscible/polar solvent requirements (AR foams), unless there are specific independent test data
to verify other foam concentrates being suitable.
Crude Oil and flammable liquids with a wide range of boiling points could develop a heat layer after prolonged burning, and so can require application rates of
8L/min/m2 or more.
Flammable liquids with a boiling point below 40°C might require higher rates of application – determine by test.
Care should be taken in applying foam to high viscosity materials normally heated above 90°C. Lower initial application rates could be desirable to minimize
frothing and ejection of the stored liquid fuel.
Care should also be taken when applying foam to tanks containing hot liquids - ie those that have been burning in excess of 1 hour as there is a risk of potential
boil over hazards.
WARNING – Foam Monitor protection of floating roof tanks is only suitable for full surface fires. It can be potentially dangerous to try using monitors
against vent fires and rimseal fires for example.
WARNING – EN13565-2 confirms that at the time of its writing, no practical experience exists in fighting fires in tanks over 82m diameter, and only limited
experience exists for fighting fires in crude oil tanks or tanks containing water miscible fuels.
3.1.4 Foam Concentrate Demand
The required quantity of foam concentrate for a particular A nominal 3% may be allowed for foam concentrate or solution
system can be defined as: in the supply lines and a 100% reserve stock must be available
to enable the system to be reinstated within 24 hours of
Actual foam solution flow rate x induction rate x system
operation.
operating time.
3.1.5 Foam Induction System (see Section 2 for full details)
Every foam system requires a foam induction system that ii) – or is the induction equipment dedicated to a number
mixes foam concentrate with the fire main water to enable the of discharge devices which may be required to operate
correct quantity of foam solution to be available at each foam simultaneously or independently with varying flow
delivery device. requirements? – ie. variable flow.
There are a number of variables which must be considered iii) What is the available water mains pressure?
when selecting the most suitable method of induction for a
iv) Does the induction system have to be totally self-
given system and these can be defined as:
contained, or is an auxiliary power source available?
i) Is the induction equipment dedicated to a single discharge
v) Is local foam concentrate storage required?
device or a number of discharge devices which will all
operate at the same time? – ie. constant flow Answers to these and more proportioning system questions
are given in Section 2 of this Manual.

3.2 BASE INJECTION (see Section 4 for full details)
Base injection systems (also known as sub-surface foam z The system is simple to operate and maintain.
injection systems) are suitable for use on atmospheric vertical
z Existing product pipelines into the tank can often be used
fixed roof tanks containing certain liquid hydrocarbons
as inlets for foam, making this an ideal retro-fit system,
generally where viscosities are below 440 centistokes at their
often capable of being installed without emptying tank
minimum anticipated storage temperature.
contents.
In operation, specialised equipment designed to operate
z Suitable for unskilled operation or automatic initiation at a
against a back pressure introduces aspirated foam at a
safe distance from the fire.
predetermined application rate into the base of the tank,
above the base water layer. The foam rises through the fuel to The concept of base injection only became possible with the
form an extinguishing foam blanket at the surface. development of FluoroProtein type foam concentrates which
have a high resistance to fuel contamination, good fluidity,
Benefits of base injection systems include:
excellent burnback resistance and stability.
z Rapid response with minimum demand on resources,
The following Angus foam concentrates have all these
water supply, foam compound and personnel involvement.
properties and can be used at 3% induction:
z Design application rates of foam are achieved with 100% of
TankmasterC6 (FluoroProtein)
the foam reaching the fuel surface.
FP70C6 (FluoroProtein)
z High resistance of the system components to damage TridolC6 ATF (AR-AFFF)
during a tank explosion or fire, as located at the tank base. PetrosealC6 3% (FFFP) - UL Listed for Base Injection
AlcosealC6 (FFFP)
z Foam injection creates circulation of cold fuel which
dissipates hot fuel layers near the burning surface and aids The detailed design of Base Injection Systems is covered fully in
extinction. Section 4 of this Manual.
FOAM BLANKET
BURSTING DISC FUEL

GATE GATE CIRCULATION
HBPG HOLDER
VALVE VALVE
FOAM
CHECK
SOLUTION
FLANGED VALVE
TEST & SAMPLE
CONNECTION
WATER BASE
Fig. 3.5 Base Injection System Schematic

3.3 FOAM TOP POURING SYSTEMS – FIXED ROOF TANKS
Foam Top Pouring Systems used to protect fixed roof tanks Foam Top Pourer combining foam generating, foam pouring
(or internal floating roof tanks with light plastic membranes or and vapour sealing mechanism to prevent flammable
floating diaphragms) are designed on the basis that the hazard vapours escaping to atmosphere through the foam line with
comprises the total surface area of the fuel. consequent risk of fire or explosion.
The system components are sized accordingly and will

comprise a suitable induction device (refer to Section 2), a
3.3.1 High Performance Top Pourer Sets
Angus Fire manufactures two types of Top Pourers; the TPS generation, vapour sealing and foam pouring in a single,
Mk5 (Ref Data Sheet 6353) which is the latest generation unit, robust, low-maintenance, easy to install unit. Fig 3.6 shows the
and the TPS Mk4 (Ref Data Sheet 6171). Both provide foam general arrangement of a TPS fitted to a fixed roof tank.
ARROW ‘A’ TANK SHELL
AERATED FOAM
FUEL
FOAM
SOLUTION
Fig. 3.6 Top Pourer Schematic
The TPS Mk5 (Fig 3.7a) is fitted with a graphite bursting disc without discharging foam into the tank. After normal operation
and is designed for atmospheric tanks where the internal it also facilitates the replacement of the unique impregnated
pressure does not exceed 0.1 bar (1.5psi) in accordance with graphite bursting disc, which seals the tank and prevents
EN13565-1 requirements. vapour loss. The use of graphite with an o-ring seal allows
tight control of its bursting pressure, resisting vapour pressures
There are four body sizes in the Mk5 range; TPS50, TPS80,
inside the tank and only bursting when the foam system is
TPS100 and TPS150, giving a range of flows from 75 to 3300
activated.
litres/min. Graph 3.1 shows the performance data.
The Mk5 Top Pourer allows the length of the Foam Dispersal
To provide precise control over the ratio of foam and air, the
Tube (the portion of the tube inside the tank shell) to be
TPS Mk5 is fitted with a unique orifice plate assembly (Fig 3.8)
varied. This means the deflector plate can be maintained at
in the base of the Foam Making Tube. Each orifice is designed
the optimum distance inside the tank to provide regular foam
to allow the correct amount of foam pre-mix into the Foam
distribution when the pourer has to be mounted on flanges
making Tube, taking into account the supply pressure, foam
away from the tank wall. This is shown in Fig 3.10 (Standard and
type and concentration. A stainless steel sleeve above the
Split Flange mounting)
orifice blocks off part of the air inlet duct, ensuring the amount
of air drawn into the foam generator is correct for the quantity The discharge characteristics of these Top Pourers are
of foam premix supplied. enhanced by the special deflector plate fitted to the outlet
which disperses the finished foam to run gently down the
The TPS Mk5 incorporates an easily accessible pivoting top
inside of the tank shell or wall. This ensures a more rapid spread
cover which allows the system to be tested and samples taken,
across the surface of the fuel, whilst lowering the application

Fig. 3.7a Foam Top Pourer Set Mk 5 Fig. 3.7b Foam Top Pourer Set Mk 4
(see page 3.11 for technical data) (see page 3.11 for technical data)
velocity to reduce the risk of fuel contamination by turbulent ratios of between 5:1 and 7:1 and a 25% drainage time of
mixing with the fuel; an important consideration especially around 3 minutes at 3 bar inlet pressure up to typically around
with foam destructive water miscible fuels. 8 minutes at 10 bar inlet pressure.
The TPS Mk4, shown in Fig 3.7b, has a specially robust thick For applications involving water miscible fuels, AlcosealC6 at
glass burst disc assembly, designed to burst at 0.27bar (4 psi) 6% or TridolC6 ATF produces typical 25% drainage times of
and is designed for use where the storage tank is pressurised to around 8-10 minutes at 5 bar inlet pressure to the TPS unit.
more than 0.1 bar (1.5psi), for example with a nitrogen inerting Recommended application rates will vary depending on the
blanket. The TPS Mk4 incorporates a unique valve arrangement, specific water miscible product(s) involved.
consisting of one-way flaps on the sides of the foam generator
tube, which ensure the full foam/water supply pressure is
applied to the bursting disc in an emergency, causing the
disc to burst whilst allowing for variations in internal tank
pressure during normal operation. There are four body sizes
in the Mk4 range; TPS50, TPS80, TPS100 and TPS150, giving a
range of flows from 75 to 3200 litres/min. Graph 3.2 shows the
performance data for the TPS Mk4.
A special fixing kit is available to simplify installation of

either type of Top Pourer from outside the tank (see Fig 3.9)
All necessary parts including nuts, washers and gaskets are
provided.
When a suitable foam concentrate is selected, the TPS can be
used in applications involving either hydrocarbons or water
miscible fuels. The properties of the finished foam will be
dependent upon the concentrate used, but typically Angus
TankmasterC6, FP70C6, AlcosealC6 or TridolC6 ATF show expansion Fig. 3.8 Orifice Plate Assembly

A
TOP POURER TANK
M20*
POURER TANK SHELL

GASKET
ADAPTER FLANGE
GASKET
B C
TPS - 50 TPS - 80 TPS - 100 TPS - 150

DIMENSION A (mm) 120 175 230 275
B (mm) 229 279 343 405
C (mm) 94 120 127 135
MATERIAL Carbon Steel
CONNECTION 4” RF Flange 6” RF Flange 8” RF Flange 10” RF Flange
(to suit) ANSI Class 150 ANSI Class 150 ANSI Class 150 ANSI Class 150
APPROX. WEIGHT (kg) 10 11 19 25
FIXING KIT PART NO. (including
nuts, washers, gaskets) AES25450 AES23140 AES23141 AES23142
Fig. 3.9 TPS Fixing Kit
Fig. 3.10 Standard and Split Flange mounting arrangements
The length of the foam dispersal tube projecting into the tank position inside the tank to spread the foam evenly around the
interior can be specified by the customer to accommodate site interior. Where pourers have to be mounted on flanges away
specific mounting arrangements. The standard or minimum from the tank outer wall the dispersal tube length can be
length of the foam dispersal tube is designed for pourers increased by the length of the offset “X” to allow the deflector
mounted (using the Angus Fire mounting kit) directly on to plate to be in the optimum position inside the tank.
the tank wall and positions the deflector plate at the optimum

TPS Mk 5 TECHNICAL DATA
TPS 50 TPS 80 TPS 100 TPS 150
Dimension A mm 950 1100 1350 1700
Dimension B mm 150 200 200 250
Dimension C mm 320 320 395 495
Dimension D mm 120 120 120 195
Dimension E mm 143 148 167 167
Dimension F mm 114.3 168.3 219.1 273
Weight kg 27 53 75 112

Materials
Body & Foam Generator Tube Carbon Steel to EN10025 Optional Stainless Steel SS316
Orifice Plate Stainless Steel SS316
Bursting Disc Impregnated Graphite
Re-useable Bursting Disc Holder Zinc Plated Steel - Optional Stainless Steel SS316
Bursting Disc O Ring Seal Nitrile Rubber (for Hydrocarbons)
Captive Foam Enhancer Stainless Steel SS316
Fixings Stainless Steel 304, A2 - Optional Stainless Steel SS316
Outlet Flange Gasket Neoprene Rubber
External Finish Yellow Thermoplastic powder coated - 100 microns

Construction
Inlet/Outlet Flanges ANSI RF Class 150 2”/4” 3”/6” 4”/8” 6”/10”
Minimum Nozzle Length 143mm 148mm 167mm 167mm
Access panel Retained by captive hinged eye bolts
Foam Enhancer Location Accessed via top access panel
Foam Delivery Mechanism Via Deflector on tank wall

Performance
Maximum internal tank pressure 0.10 bar (1.5 psi)
Min/Max Flow 75 - 375 l/min 250 - 1300 l/min 650 - 2600 l/min 1400 - 3300 l/min
Min/Max inlet pressure (at flange) 3 bar (45 psig)/10 bar (150 psig)
Bursting Disc pressure tolerance band 0.05 bar (0.75 psi)
TPS Mk 4 TECHNICAL DATA

TPS 50 TPS 80 TPS 100 TPS 150
Dimension A mm 917 1067 1318 1667
Dimension B mm 117 167 168 217
Dimension C mm 306 306 381 475
Dimension D mm 106 106 106 175
Dimension E mm 200 200 225 300
Dimension F mm 114.3 168.3 219.1 273
Weight kg 33 55 82 130

Materials
Body & Foam Generator Tube Carbon Steel to EN10025 Optional Stainless Steel SS316
Orifice Plate Stainless Steel SS316
Bursting Disc Heavy Duty Glass
Bursting Disc Holder Zinc Plated Steel
Bursting Disc Holder Gasket PTFE
Foam Enhancer Stainless Steel SS316
Fixings Stainless Steel A2
Outlet Flange Gasket Nitrile Rubber
External Finish Yellow Thermoplastic powder coated - 170 microns

Construction
Inlet/Outlet Flanges ANSI RF Class 150 2”/4” 3”/6” 4”/8” 6”/10”
Minimum Nozzle Length 200mm 200mm 225mm 300mm
Access panel Bolted Steel top cover
Foam Delivery Mechanism Via Deflector on tank wall

Performance
Maximum internal tank pressure 0.34 bar (5 psig)
Min/Max Flow 75 - 375 l/min 250 - 1300 l/min 650 - 2600 l/min 1400 - 3300 l/min
Min/Max inlet pressure (at flange) 3 bar (45 psig)/10 bar (150 psig)

500 2000
400 1600
300 1200
Flow (lpm)
Flow (lpm)
200 800
100 400
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
TPS 50 Pressure (Bar) TPS 80 Pressure (Bar)
3000 3200
2500 2800
2000 2400
Flow (lpm)
Flow (lpm)
1500 2000
1000 1600
500 1200
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Graph 3.1 TPS Mk5 Performance Graphs
500 2000
400 1600
300 1200
Flow (lpm)
Flow (lpm)
200 800
100 400
0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
3000 3200
2500 2800
2000 2400
Flow (lpm)
Flow (lpm)
1500 2000
1000 1600
500 1200
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Graph 3.2 TPS Mk4 Performance Graphs

3.3.2 System Design Details
It is recommended that the design of any top pouring system The surface area of the tank is then multiplied by the minimum
for total foam coverage complies with the guidelines given in foam solution application rate, which NFPA 11 defines
NFPA 11 - Standard for Low Expansion Foam and Combined as being 4.1 litres/min/m2 for hydrocarbon products and
Agent Systems, or EN13565-2 Fixed fire fighting Systems – application rate to be determined by test (usually 6.5 litres/
Foam systems – Part 2: design, construction and maintenance. min/m2 -or higher) for more volatile water miscible fuels or
polar solvent products, and EN13565 requiring a minimum on
The essential requirements of a correctly designed foam
hydrocarbon storage of 4L/min/m2 for tanks less than 45m dia,
pouring system can be identified and outlined as follows:
up to 6L/min/m2 for tanks above 60m dia. depending on the
extinguishing performance class of the chosen foam (see Fig.
a) Minimum Foam Solution Rate
3.4). Water miscible products must use AR type foams, but the
The minimum foam solution rate is the minimum low application rate will depend on the fuel type and may increase
expansion foam application rate at which the correctly as determined by fire tests.
proportioned foam concentrate and water mixture should be
NOTE: Certain low boiling point flammable fuels, gasohols and
delivered to the fuel surface in a tank, to control and extinguish
high viscosity heated liquids may require higher or, in certain
any fire that may exist within that tank.
circumstances, lower application rates than those stated. These
To obtain the minimum foam solution rate, the surface area should in all instances be determined by test.
of each individual tank should first be calculated using the
formula: b) Number of Foam Pourer Inlets
Surface area = π d2 The minimum recommended number of foam inlets is defined

4 in both NFPA11 and EN13565 accordingly as shown in Fig. 3.11.
where d = diameter of the tank
Fig. 3.11 Minimum Number of Foam Pourers required for Fixed Cone Roof Top Pouring Foam System
MINIMUM NUMBER OF FOAM TOP POURERS

TANK DIAMETER (m)
(NFPA 11 & EN13565-2)
Up to 24 1
24 to 36 2
36 to 42 3
42 to 48 4
48 to 54 5
54 to 60 6
add one inlet for each additional 465m2 of
Over 60m
exposed fuel surface area (exceeding 2827m2)
NOTES:
1. All inlets should be positioned equally around the circumference of the tank, but the distance between any 2 pourers should not exceed 30m on fixed cone
roof tanks.
2. Consideration may have to be given to ensuring the foam application does reach the centre of large tanks.

The foam solution flow through each inlet should also NOTE:
be similar. By dividing the total minimum foam solution
If the design is to NFPA II such outlets shall be individually piped
application rate by the minimum number of pourer inlets
and separately valved for isolation outside the dike area in
required, the flow rate per TPS is established.
accordance with 9.5.1.
Refer to graphs 3.1 and 3.2 to confirm which unit will provide
d) System Operating Time
the required minimum foam solution application rate at your
selected design operating pressure. Sufficient foam concentrate must be available to operate the
system for the required duration, as shown in Fig. 3.12.
c) Foam Pourer Installation
e) Design Notes
The Top Pourer Set should always be installed on the vertical
side of the storage tank and positioned a minimum of 0.3 i) If two or more discharge outlets are required, they should
metres above the maximum designed fuel storage surface be designed so that they each deliver expanded foam at
level. the same rate to the surface of the tank and that they are
arranged at equal spacing around the circumference of the
When planning pipework for a fixed cone roof tank, it is
tank.
important to consider the potential for the tank lifting off
its base in the event of an explosion, major fuel ejection or ii) All pipework, valving and riser systems should be designed
deflagration of the tank. To prevent catastrophic damage to to give an approximately equal flow to each TPS.
the foam delivery pipes, any pipework passing through the
iii) Tests have shown that foam will travel effectively across at
bunded area must be supported to allow for a minimum
least 30m of exposed burning fuel surface. Thus, on very
0.5m vertical movement of the tank. This can be achieved by
large tanks, it may be necessary to increase the number of
appropriate pipe layouts (eg. bends and/or pipe offsets with
TPS units.
suitable lengths).
Fig 3.12 Minimum system operating times – Foam Top Pourers
PRODUCT STORED NFPA 11 * EN 13565-2 *
Volatile Hydrocarbon fuels with flashpoints below

37.8°C eg. Crude Oil, Benzene, Naptha, Unleaded 55 mins 60 mins
Gasoline etc.
Combustible Hydrocarbon fuels with flashpoints

between 37.8°C and 93.3°C eg. Diesel, Kerosene, 30 mins 60 mins
Light Furnace Oils etc.
ALL Water Miscible Fuels eg. Acetone, Methyl

55 mins 60 mins
Alcohol, Acrylonitrile etc.
NOTES:
* Minimum operating time (at specified application rates)
It should be noted that these are recommended minimum foam solution application rates. The system designer may decide to build-in a safety factor.

3.3.3 Top Pourer Worked Example
A fixed roof storage tank is to be protected with Angus Top NOTE:

Pouring Sets. The tank details are as follows:
A 100% reserve stock must be available to reinstate the system
Product stored Gasoline within 24 hours of operation.
Specific gravity 0.7 g/cm3 @ 20°C
This could be achieved by 2x adjacent 4500L Bag Tank Modules
Flash-point -38°C
with foam outlet valves joined together, feeding a single foam
Tank diameter 26 metres
inlet to the BPP in the water main, and a water inlet supply pipe
Inlet design pressure 5 bar (available at TPS)
to the Bag tank Modules split equally to each tank, to maintain
Foam concentrate Angus FP70C6 (3%)
the same inlet pressure at both tanks. Alternatively, a foam skid
with atmospheric foam tank could be provided that can easily be
a) Fuel surface area = π d2
refilled during operation (Consult Angus Fire).
4
= 3.142 x 262
f ) Supplementary protection
4
= 531 m2 For full details, see Para 3.7.
b) Minimum foam For a tank with a diameter of 26 metres, a minimum of two

solution application foam branchpipes are to be provided.
rate (NFPA 11) = surface area x 4.1 litres/
This requirement can be satisfied by the deployment of 2 x
min/ m2
Angus AF120 self-contained mobile foam stations.
= 531 x 4.1
= 2178 litres/min
c) TPS selection
From Fig. 3.11 it can be seen that for a tank with a 26m
diameter, a minimum two foam inlets are required.
Capacity per TPS = 2178 ÷ 2

= 1089 litres/min at 5 bar inlet
pressure.
Refer to Graph 3.2 from which it can be seen that model

TPS-100 can be calibrated to deliver 1089 litres/min at 5 bar
inlet pressure.
NOTE:
A 5 bar TPS inlet pressure will require a higher inlet pressure at

the proportioner particularly if a Fixed Inductor is being used.
Allowing for 40% pressure loss across the inductor and small pipe
friction losses, we are likely to require at least 9 bar inlet to the fixed
inductor (see Section 2 for details).
d) System operating time

Refer to Fig. 3.12. For a fuel like Gasoline, with a flash-point of
-38°C the minimum system operating time is 55 minutes
(NFPA 11) or 60 minutes (EN13565-2).
e) Foam concentrate requirement
Minimum foam concentrate requirement = actual foam

solution flow rate x induction rate x operating time
= 2178 litres/min x 3% x 55 (or 60) mins.
= 3594 litres (NFPA 11) or 3921 litres (EN13565-2)
Add a nominal 3% foam in line
= 3702 litres (NFPA 11) or 4038 litres (EN13565-2)

3.4 RIMSEAL POURING SYSTEMS – FLOATING ROOF TANKS
For the purposes of this Section, Open Top Floating Roof The initial hazard area on an OTFR tank is identified as the
(OTFR) Tanks are defined as being vertical tanks without a area in the annular ring between the rim of the floating roof
permanently installed fixed roof, but with a closed double-deck and the tank shell. There are two commonly used methods of
or pontoon type floating roof. protection:
Two basic types of seal around the rim of the floating roof exist: i) The discharge of aspirated foam above the mechanical or
tube seal, weathershield or secondary seal.
i) Mechanical shoe seal or Pantograph seal.
ii) The discharge of aspirated foam either below a mechanical
ii) Tube seal.
or tube seal directly onto the burning fuel surface, or below a
Weathershields and secondary seals of combustible or non- weathershield or secondary seal but directly above the primary
combustible materials may also be installed. mechanical or tube seal area.
NOTE: Angus Fire recommends that option (i) should be adopted

wherever possible and the following information is based upon
Rimseal Protection is not suitable for floating roofs where the roof
this preferred method.
is:
z A plastic blanket or floating diaphragm.
z B
ased on floatation materials which are flammable (eg.
Plastic, Styrofoam).
z Reliant on floatation devices easily submerged if damaged.
z A pan roof.
MAX MAX
10 10
8 8
INLET INLET
PRESSURE PRESSURE
6 6
(bar g.) (bar g.)
4 4
MIN 3 BAR MINIMUM
2 2
100 200 300 200 400 600

FLOW (l/min) FLOW (l/min)
Graph 3.3 – Angus RFG50 Performance Graph 3.3.1 – Angus RFG 80 Performance

SPECIFICATION DATA
RFG 50 RFG 80 RFP 50 RFP 80
Dimension A (mm) 159 236 - -
B (mm) - - 1000 1000
C (mm) - - 700 700
D (mm) - - 200 240
E (mm) - - 40 40
F (mm) - - 75 75
G (mm) - - 142 102
H (mm) 75 AF Hex. 105 AF Hex. - -
Inlet Connection 2” NPSC (f ) 3” NPSC (f ) 2” NPT (m) 3” NPT (m) 2” ANSI Available
Outlet Connection 2” NPSC (f ) 3” NPSC (f ) - -
Materials Body Cast Iron to BS 2789 Grade 420/12 - -
Internal Fitting Stainless Steel to BS 970 316S31 - -
Deflector - - Carbon Steel
Internal Mesh - - Stainless Steel
Pipe - - Steel tube to BS 1387
Optional Clamps - - Clamp: Malleable iron, natural finish
Bolt: Steel, zinc plated
Finish Yellow Thermoplastic Powder Coat
Approx. Weight (kg) 3.5 6.5 37 41
To Install Fixing Holes - - 4 x 12 mm dia. Holes
Optional Clamps - - Min. 2 clamps per pourer

OPERATING DATA
Operating Pressure 4 bar to 10 bar
Typical Foam Expansion 4:1 to 8:1
Typical 25% Drainage Time 1.5 to 3 minutes using Angus FP70C6 Foam Concentrate
Fig. 3.13 Angus RFG Rimseal Foam Generator & Pourer

3.4.1 Rimseal Foam Generators and Pourers
Angus Fire rimseal foam equipment traditionally comprises

two elements - the Rimseal Foam Generator (RFG) which
aspirates the foam solution and the Rimseal Foam Pourer (RFP)
which delivers the finished foam gently into the rimseal area.
This configuration provides the best foam quality blanket
and consequently the greatest likelihood of fast and effective
extinction in the seal area. The design of the RFP ensures that
a cohesive blanket is produced which is protected from the
effects of high winds, is directed onto the tank shell so it flows
in contact with the inside wall of the tank and into the seal
area. The stainless steel mesh at the RFP foam exit helps to
improve foam quality and prevent blockage from insects and
nesting birds.
RFGs are available in two basic body sizes (50 & 80mm) with
capacities ranging from 54 litres/min. at 4 bar to 684 litre/min.
at 10 bar. Each unit is factory-calibrated to deliver a specified
flow at a given inlet pressure within the limits shown in Graph
3.3, and easily attaches by a screw thread to the RFP. This will
enable the system designer to make the most cost-effective
use of the available foam concentrate and water resources. Fig. 3.14 Typical RFG Installation on Storage Tank
Rimseal foam systems do not protect a tank against a full
surface fire. Although these are rare, some owners wish to
protect against this eventuality either with a mobile system
(see section 3.6) or a fixed system capable of delivering
sufficient foam to extinguish a fire involving the entire tank
surface. The Angus Full Surface Pourer (FSP) is designed to
achieve this. On tanks over 100m in diameter it is possible that
even the flow of foam from an FSP may not reach the centre of
the tank. In this instance the FSP can be complemented with
the Angus Full Surface Nozzle which projects foam into the
central dead spot on the tank. Please contact Angus for further
details on these products.
Full Surface Pourer Full Surface Nozzle
3.4.2 System Design Details
To apply expanded finished foam effectively above the seal, The circular foam dam should therefore be constructed from
a foam dam will be required to be fitted to the floating roof suitable corrosion resistant materials and be at least 0.3m and
to retain the aspirated foam blanket within the seal area, and more generally around 0.6m in height. There should also be a
prevent it from flowing across the roof. By containing the foam minimum width distance of at least 0.3m (but more generally
in this way to a “foam ring” or annulus above the seal area, a 0.6m wide) between the edge of the roof and the foam dam
sufficient foam depth will be achieved. It will also cause the itself. The foam dam should also incorporate suitable drainage
foam to flow laterally around the seal perimeter between slots to allow rain water and drained out foam to escape.
pourers, to a point where the seal may have been ruptured.

FOAM INLET PIPEWORK
RIMSEAL FOAM POURER
RIMSEAL GENERATOR
(FITTED INTO FOAM INLET PIPE)
SEE FIG 3.12
TANK SHELL
FABRIC SEAL
SHOE
CIRCULAR DAM
FLOATING ROOF
DRAIN SLOTS
Fig 3.15 Typical Foam Dam arrangement for Open Top Floating Roof Tank, showing Rimseal Area, Pourer, Seal & Foam Dam

3.4.2.1 Foam Dam Recommendations d) Design Notes
i) The concept of a rimseal foam protection system is based

The foam dam should be:
on the assumption that, in the event of a fire, that fire
z Constructed from minimum 3.5mm thick steel plate and will be contained in the seal area between the foam dam
circular. and tank shell. This means that if a fire does occur it must
be detected early and tackled rapidly before the roof
z Permanently fixed (eg.Welded) to the floating roof.
becomes damaged and allows the fire to spread - often
z Designed to retain foam in the seal area to a depth that to the extent that it may collapse, with the result of fire
covers the seal and flows laterally to the point where the engulfing the entire surface area. Should a situation arise in
seal is ruptured. which fire does spread to the whole exposed surface area,
then a rimseal foam protection system alone (as dictated
z At least 600mm high.
by design of the system) is unlikely to achieve control or
z Not less than 600mm from the tank shell. extinguishment.
z Extending not less than 50mm above the top of the If this is perceived as a possibility, then consideration
rimseal, or any metal or combustible secondary seal (if should be given either:
fitted).
a) to a top pouring system designed to combat a fire
z Not less than 50mm above any burnout panels in involving total coverage of the roof area (see Section 3.3),
secondary seals. or
z At least 500mm below the rim of the tank. b) to a big monitor system designed to combat a fully
involved surface area fire in the tank.
z Incorporating rainwater drainage slots to provide adequate
drainage from the dam area (ie 280mm2 per m2 of dam ii) Base injection is normally considered unsuitable for the
area), with a maximum slot height of 9.5mm. protection of floating roof tanks due to the difficulty of
obtaining accurate distribution of aspirated foam to the
In case of fire, weathershields or parts of the secondary seal,
rimseal area.
must not affect foam flowing into the seal area.
However, it may be considered as secondary back-up in the
3.4.2.2. Foam Calculation event of the roof sinking and the whole surface area of the
tank becoming involved. Care must be taken in the event of
a) Minimum Foam Solution Rate the roof sinking, to ensure the base injection outlets are not
blocked by the roof, which otherwise could prevent foam from
The risk area is defined as:
reaching the full surface area of the fire.
π d2 – π d12
4 4
where d = diameter of tank
d1 = diameter of foam dam
T he exposed annular or ring shaped surface of the rimseal

area is then multiplied by the minimum recommended foam
solution application rate, which NFPA 11 defines as
12.2 litres/min/m2 and EN13565-2 defines as 12L/min/m2.
b) Number of Foam Pourers
i) Where a 0.3m high foam dam is fitted, the maximum

spacing between foam pourers should be 12.2m.
This prevents large pourer flows from fewer pourers
overflowing the foam dam, and not being channeled
sideways to link up with the other pourer’s foam
production.
ii) Where a 0.6m high foam dam is fitted, the maximum

spacing between foam pourers should be 24.4m, in
recognition that the taller foam dam more easily channels
foam around the seal to link up with foam from other
rimseal pourers.
c) System Operating Time
It is recommended that sufficient foam concentrate is available

to operate the system for a minimum duration of 20 minutes.

3.4.3 Rimseal Foam Pourer Worked Example
An open-top floating roof tank is to be protected with Angus f ) Supplementary protection

RFG/RFP units. For full details, see Para 3.7.
Product stored Diesel For a tank diameter of 50 metres, a minimum of three foam
Tank diameter 50m branchpipes are to be provided.
Foam dam width 0.6m from tank shell
This requirement can be satisfied by the deployment of
Foam dam height 0.6m
3 x Angus AF 120 self contained, mobile foam stations.
Foam concentrate Angus PetrosealC6 FFFP 3%
Design inlet pressure 6 bar (available at RFG)
Benefits of Angus Rimseal Foam Equipment:
a) Hazard area i) Individually calibrated to make optimum use of water

= π d2 – π d12 resources and foam concentrate.
4 4
ii) Calibration facility ensures full compatibility within existing
= 3.142 x 502 – 3.142 x 48.82
foam concentrate induction systems when retrofitting to
4 4
an existing system.
= 1962.5m2 – 1869.4m2
= 93.1m2 iii) Special fixing kit allows installation without hot work or
tank de-commissioning.
b) Minimum foam solution application rate
iv) Effective low profile design protects foam from high winds
= hazard area x 12.2 litres/min/m2
and delivers it in contact with the tank shell to slide into
= 93.1 x 12.2
the rimseal area.
= 1136 litres/min.
v) Exceptionally cohesive foam blanket produced to combat
c) Number of RFG/RFP units wind effects and fill the seal area with a stable foam
Circumference =πd blanket.
= 3.142 x 50
vi) Designed for reliability, long life and minimal maintenance.
= 157m
Foam dam = 0.6m wide & high
Maximum spacing = 24.4m
Number of RFG units = 157 ÷ 24.4
=7
d) RFG selection
RFG capacity = Minimum foam solution application rate
÷ Minimum number of RFG/RFP units
= 1136
7
= 162 litres/min.
Refer to Graph 3.3 from which it can be seen that Model

RFG 50 can be calibrated to deliver 162 litres/min. at 6 bar
inlet pressure.
NOTE:
These are minimum recommended foam solution application
rates. The system designer may decide to build-in a safety
factor.
e) Foam concentrate requirement

Minimum foam concentrate requirement
= actual foam solution flow rate x induction rate x
operating time
= (162 x 7) x 3% x 20 min.
= 681 litres
Add a nominal 3% foam in line
= 702 litres
NOTE:
A 100% reserve stock must be available to reinstate the system
within 24 hours of operation.

3.5 BUND (DIKE) AREA FOAM PROTECTION
Fuel storage tanks are required to be surrounded by a bund Tall cylindrical bund wall “tanks” may be treated like a second
area, impounding basin or dike of sufficient capacity to hold cone roof tank, with LEX Top Pourers normally fitted to deliver
110% of the tank contents in the event of a tank rupture, boil- foam down to a fuel spillage at the base of the main tank in the
over or slop-over. These bunds come in many different shapes space between the two metal “tank shells”. Alternatively MEX
and sizes. Bund Pourers could also be effective in this situation. Foam
Monitors generally would be harder to direct foam into the
They may be large areas with earth containing banks, vertical
narrow space between shells, so are generally considered less
concrete containing walls or where space is limited the tank
effective and more wasteful of foam and water resources.
may be surrounded by a tall cylindrical steel bund wall looking
like a “tank within a tank”, with the steel bund wall nearly as tall
as the tank itself.
3.5.1 High escalation risk
Such bund or dike fires are usually difficult to extinguish, foam also flows better over gravel and rough surfaces than LEX
because of the large and growing surface areas involved, and avoids the potential for candling flames from the peaks of
degree of splashing and turbulent mixing when foam is gravel pieces, above the LEX foam blanket.
delivered (particularly LEX), plus the risk of escalation and fire
Factors to be considered when selecting the most suitable
spread to other areas, bunds or tanks. Significant quantities of
system for your location, include:
fuel can spread rapidly from leaking valves, flanges, tank overfill
and pressure relief systems, even rmaintenance accidents. z Surface area and depth of bund.
These can all threaten personnel and plant safety. Bunds
z Fuel(s) involved.
should therefore be subdivided wherever possible/practical,
to minimise the spread of fuel and restrict escalation in an z Accessibility/speed of deployment.
incident. It is also good practice to separate each tank with its
z Safety of personnel.
own bunded area, to minimise the risk of a problem in one
tank involving another tank(s) in the same bund. z Water supply pressure.
Provision should be made to extinguish small spill fires rapidly z Available water and foam resources.
with a gentle application of large volumes of foam. This vapour
z Applying foam as gently and quickly as possible to cover
sealing foam blanket helps to prevent re-ignition. A stable low
the exposed fuel layer.
or medium expansion foam blanket will also protect unignited
spillages from escalating into a fire situation, and keep rapidly z Foam discharge outlets must be arranged to ensure an
increasing pools of fuel to develop under a protective foam even discharge of foam is achieved across the area, with
blanket. foam flow distances not exceeding 30m. This can generally
be achieved with larger flow units for smooth impervious
There are a number of fire protection options available for
bunded areas by placing one MEX Bund Pourer per 465m2
bunded areas, including:
of bunded area (see also section 3.5.2). Rough or gravel
z Medium expansion pouring fixed or semi-fixed systems. based bund floors may require a larger number of units to
gain adequate coverage.
z Low expansion fixed or semi-fixed systems.
z High expansion fixed systems.
z Foam Monitors – portable, mobile, fixed, oscillating or

remote control.
z Hand-held LEX or MEX branchpipes (only applicable to

small bunds).
NOTE:
There is growing demand for the speed, effectiveness and efficiency

of MEX Bund Pourer systems for these difficult areas. They are an
effective option that delivers a rapid, deep layer of foam across the
bund surface while also keeping pipework, valves and flanges cool
and buried under a stable foam blanket, even when they may be
leaking product into the incident. Experience has shown that MEX

Fig. 3.16 Summary of recommended foam equipment applications for outdoor spills and bunded/diked areas
MINIMUM APPLICATION MINIMUM APPLICATION

SIZE OF OUTDOOR SPILL/
SYSTEM TYPE FUEL TYPE RATE & DISCHARGE TIME RATE & DISCHARGE TIME
BUNDED AREA
NFPA 11 EN 13565-2
4.1 L/min/m2
Outdoor Spill (<25mm)
30 mins, 15 mins if non- †4 L/min/m2
of Class 1/Volatile
diked spill
Hydrocarbons (<40°C F.Pt)
( 20mins if Class 2 15 mins
(Water immiscible fuel)
Hydrocarbon >40° C F. Pt ,
15 mins if non-diked spill)
<400m2
Fuel in depth (>25mm) 4.1 L/min/m2 †4 L/min/m2
of Volatile Hydrocarbons
Low (LEX) or Medium (Water immiscible fuel) 30 mins 30 mins
(MEX) expansion handlines
(or Low level discharge In accordance listing/
outlets) LEX: *‡4 L/min/m2
Water Miscible Fuel approval & 30 mins
(AR foams only) 30 mins, 15 mins if non-
diked spill MEX: *‡6 L/min/m2 & 20 min
Fuel in depth (>25mm) 4.1 L/min/m2

of Volatile Hydrocarbons N/A
(Water immiscible fuel) 30 mins
>400m2
In accordance listing/
Water Miscible Fuel approval
N/A
(AR foams only)
30 mins
4.1 L/min/m2
Outdoor Spill (<25mm) of
†4 L/min/m2
Fuel in depth of Volatile 30 mins, 15 mins if non-
hydrocarbons(Water diked spill
20 mins
immiscible fuel) ( 20mins if Class 2
<400m2 Hydrocarbon >40° C F. Pt )
*‡8 L/min/m2
(AR foams only)
20 mins
30 mins
LEX Fuel in depth (>25mm) 4.1 L/min/m2 †4 L/min/m2

Fixed Foam Pouring of Volatile Hydrocarbons
System (or Low level (Water immiscible fuel) 30 mins 45 mins
discharge outlets) >400m2<2,000m2
*‡8 L/min/m2
(AR foams only)
45 mins
30 mins

(Water immiscible fuel) 30 mins 45 mins
>2,000m2
*‡10 L/min/m2
(AR foams only)
45 mins
30 mins

Fig. 3.16 Summary of recommended foam equipment applications for outdoor spills and bunded/diked areas (continued)

BUNDED AREA
NFPA 11 EN 13565-2
*4.1 L/min/m2
†4 L/min/m2
of Class 1/Volatile 30 mins, 15 mins if non-
Hydrocarbons (<40°C F.Pt) diked spill
15 mins
(Water immiscible fuel) ( 20mins if Class 2
<400m2 Hydrocarbon >40° C F. Pt )
*‡6 L/min/m2
(AR foams only)
15 mins
30 mins
MEX Fuel in depth (>25mm) *4.1 L/min/m2 †4 L/min/m2

Fixed Foam Pouring of Volatile Hydrocarbons
System (or Low level (Water immiscible fuel) 30 mins 30 mins
>400m2
discharge outlets)
<2,000m2 In accordance listing/
*‡6 L/min/m2
(AR foams only)
30 mins
30 mins
Fuel in depth (>25mm) *5.1 L/min/m2 †5 L/min/m2

>2,000m2
Water Miscible Fuel approval *‡7.5 L/min/m22
(AR foams only) 30 mins
30 mins
6.5 L/min/m2
30 mins, 15 mins if non- †6L/min/m2
of Class 1/Volatile
diked spill
<400m2 Hydrocarbon >40° C F. Pt ,
N/A
diked spill

Non-aspirated of Volatile Hydrocarbons
Foam Monitor (Water immiscible fuel) 30 mins 45 mins
>400m2
(AR foams only) N/A
30 mins
Fuel in depth (>25mm) 6.5 L/min/m2 †10L/min/m2

>2,000m2
(AR foams only) N/A
30 mins
NOTES:
* The application rate of 4.1 L/min/m2 is based on that of a low level discharge outlet on hydrocarbon fuels given in NFPA II.
For bunds >2,000m2 area the rate should be increased to 5.1 L/min/m2.

Fig. 3.16 Summary of recommended foam equipment applications for outdoor spills and bunded/diked areas (continued)

BUNDED AREA
NFPA 11 EN 13565-2
6.5 L/min/m2
30 mins, 15 mins if non- †6L/min/m2
of Class 1/Volatile
diked spill
<400m2 Hydrocarbon >40° C F. Pt ,
N/A
diked spill

Aspirated of Volatile Hydrocarbons
Foam Monitor (Water immiscible fuel) 30 mins 45 mins
>400m2
N/A
(AR foams only)
30 mins
Fuel in depth (>25mm) 6.5 L/min/m2 †9L/min/m2

>2,000m2
N/A
(AR foams only)
30 mins
NOTES:
N/A denotes this type of protection is not considered suitable for this application, unless independently validated tests have established its suitability and
effectiveness.
* Because of their foam-destructive nature, polar solvents require the use of special alcohol-resistant foam concentrates such as AlcosealC6 or TridolC6 ATF. The
minimum application rate will therefore be dependent upon the particular polar solvent fuel stored.
The application rates shown, are based upon gentle pouring applications on Methanol, IsoPropyl Alcohol or Acetone with a Class 1A extinguishing
performance foam (see also ‡ below). More foam destructive fuels may require higher application rates to be determined by documented testing (consult
Angus Fire for further details and specific recommendations).
† EN13565-2 application rates assume a foam concentrate of extinguishing performance class 1A or 2A (under EN1568-3) is chosen.
Where Class 1B/2B foams are chosen add 10% to this application rate (ie 4 becomes 4.4L/min/m2).
Where Class 1C/2C foams are chosen add 25% to this application rate (ie. 4 becomes 5L/min/m2)
‡ application rate assumes an Alcohol Resistant type foam of extinguishing performance Class 1A (under EN1568-4) is chosen.
For shallow water miscible spills (<25mm depth):
Class 1B/1C AR foams are considered equivalent to Class 1A in performance for this application.
Where Class 2A/2B/2C foams are chosen add 35% to this application rate (ie 6 becomes 8L/min/m2).
Foams classified under EN1568-3 are NOT Suitable for water miscible fuels.
BUT for water miscible fuels in depth (>25mm):
Where Class 1B foams are chosen add 12.5% to this application rate (ie 8 becomes 9L/min/m2).
Where Class 1C/2A foams are chosen add 25% to this application rate (ie. 8 becomes 10L/min/m2)
A Class 2B foam can be used by adding 37.5% to this application rate (ie. 8 becomes 11L/min/m2),
while a 2C foam requires adding 50% to this application rate (ie. 8 becomes 12L/min/m2).
However Class 2B/2C foams are not recommended as water resources and logistics become much harder to manage in an emergency at these higher
application rates.
Foams with Extinguishing Class 1D/2D or Class 3 foams are also not recommended.
Water Miscible = Foam destructive Polar Solvent fuels.
Water Immiscible = Hydrocarbon fuels not mixing with water.
Unleaded petroleum containing no more than 10% oxygenated additives by volume are included as volatile hydrocarbons. Where oxygenated additive content
exceeds 10% by volume, protection is normally in accordance with Water miscible/polar solvent requirements (AR foams), unless there is specific independent
test data to verify other foam concentrates being suitable.
Crude Oil and flammable liquids with a wide range of boiling points may develop a heat layer after prolonged burning, and can therefore require application
rates of 8L/min/m2 or more.
Flammable liquids with a boiling point below 40°C might require higher rates of application – to be determined by test.

SPECIFICATION DATA
Nozzle Quantity 3 6 9
Dimensions A (mm) 589 905 920
B (mm) 300 420 520
C (mm) 381 564 648
Inlet Connection 2” BSP Taper 2½” BSP Taper 3” BSP Taper
Materials Pipework Spider Carbon Steel - Yellow Thermoplastic Powder Paint Finish
Nozzles Brass/Gunmetal Natural Finish
Pourer Tube Stainless Steel to BS970 316S31
Internals Stainless Steel to BS970 316S31
Screws, Nuts, Washers Stainless Steel A2
Approximate Weight 8.5 kg 16 kg 24.5 kg

PERFORMANCE DATA (Typical)
MEX 600 MEX 1200 MEX 1800
K Factor* 380 759 1138
Operating Pressure Range 1.5 - 3 bar g
Optimum Flow Rate @ 2.5 bar g Inlet Pressure 600 litres/min 1200 litres/min 1800 litres/min
Typical Expansion Ratio (using FP70C6 @ 6%) 40:1
Typical Foam Output @ 2.5 bar g (using FP70C6 @ 6%)” 24 m3/min 48 m3/min 72 m3/min
* Flow (litre/min) = K√P where P = pressure in bar g.
** FP70C6 can be used effectively through MEX equipment at 3% proportioning, although optimum foam stability is achieved at 6% proportioning.
Fig. 3.17 Mex Bund Pourers

3.5.2 Medium Expansion Systems
For medium expansion systems the range of MEX Bund not exceeding 30m. For smooth concrete lined bunds this
Pourers, used with a suitable Angus foam concentrate, can generally be achieved by placing one larger MEX Bund
produce large volumes of good quality foam at low operating Pourer per 465m2 of bunded area, in line with LEX Top Pourer
pressures of between 1.5 and 3 bar g. (see fig 3.17). Expanded requirements on tanks (EN13565-2). However, for sand or
to approximately 35:1 - 50:1 with FluoroProtein based gravel based bunds the quantity of pourers should be doubled
concentrates, the foam flows rapidly around obstacles and as a minimum, since speed of foam travel is greatly reduced.
across the bunded area. MEX Foam expansions shall not Irregular shaped bunds may also require extra units.
exceed 80:1 for this application, as the foam becomes too stiff
MEX Bund Pourers should be installed on fixed pipework,
and dry to provide effective protection.
around the edge of the bunded area and located
The medium expansion foam produced from MEX Bund approximately one metre above the maximum fuel level. These
Pourers forms a stable cohesive blanket, resisting the effects of units can be angled to better direct the foam gently onto the
wind. This is particularly effective when a FluoroProtein, FFFP or fuel surface, and avoid damage to the bund surfaces during
AR-FFFP foam concentrate is being used. system operation. With larger units, a supporting bracket onto
the ground may be required.
While semi-fixed units are adaquate the preferred option is
a permanently installed medium expansion system to avoid Angus Fire MEX bund pourers provide an effective, reliable
unforeseen delays, that can reduce the system’s speed of and cost effective means of protecting medium sized bunded
deployment and hence efficiency. areas, particularly when used in conjunction with a natural
protein based foam (FP, FFFP, AR-FFFP), and the IND/FI range of
For smaller bunded areas the lower capacity MEX 450F/I units
fixed in-line inductors (see Section 2).
with around 45:1 expansion would be suitable. Where the
discharge outlet flow does not exceed 225L/min, they shall be The requirement for low inlet pressures at the MEX Bund
located so no part of the bunded area is more than 9m from a Pourer, make this combination particularly suitable for polar
discharge outlet. Larger flow outlets should be no more than solvent or alcohol risks where gentle application is demanded.
18m apart.
Angus Fire MEX Bund Pourers have also been satisfactorily used
For larger bunded areas with larger flow pourers, foam for the vapour suppression of toxic chemicals like Chlorine
discharge outlets need to be arranged to ensure an even and Ammonia, when used with AlcosealC6 AR-FFFP foam at 6%
foam discharge across the area, with foam flow distances induction ratio.
3.5.2 Low Expansion Systems
Low expansion foam systems may be considered but will area, particularly with uneven floor surfaces, and are more likely
require higher operating inlet pressures. They will also take to cause splashing.
longer to provide an adequate foam cover across the bunded
3.5.3. High Expansion Systems
High expansion systems may be considered for very large foam for the particular risk should be taken into account. (See
LNG bunds applications, but potential problems of wind and Section 6).
the proven suitability of the chosen synthetic high expansion
3.5.4. Monitors
Monitors/foam cannons provide a simple and flexible option, reduces their overall suitability. The forceful nature of their
although this potentially places the operators in a hazardous application could seriously reduce the speed of extinction and
area. However, the forceful application, accessibility of the may reduce the effectiveness of the resulting foam blanket.
bund and the time delay until the equipment can be deployed, They are not recommended for polar solvent applications.
3.5.5 Hand-Held Branchpipes
Hand-held branchpipes provide a simple solution for small The preferred option is a permanently installed MEX Bund
spills and small bunded areas, but short throw, speed of Pourer foam system.
deployment and hazard to personnel must be considered.
The forceful application of this method may also reduce its
effectiveness.

3.6 FOAM MONITORS
Conventional fixed and trailer mounted foam monitors are This requirement may prove difficult to achieve because of the:
suitable for protecting all types of vertical fixed roof storage
z physical height of the tank.
tanks when fully involved, and though subject to performance
limitations, they can be used as the primary protection system z distance between tank and monitor station.
to protect tanks up to a diameter of 18 metres. However,
z prevailing weather conditions.
they are often better suited and more commonly used as a
secondary mobile foam system to Rimseal Pourers on OTFR z fire updraught.
tanks, in case the roof should collapse and leave a full surface
z high probability that a partial rupture of a fixed roof
area fire. Sometimes they can be used to tackle large spill or
tank may only leave a small aperture through which the
bund fires, with the added benefit of being able to be used for
expanded foam can be targeted.
occasional tank cooling.
A further problem exists in that expanded foam is applied
The single most important consideration when proposing
forcefully to the surface of the fuel, which leads to increased
foam monitors as the primary system is that to be effective,
mixing contamination of the foam with the fuel. The effects
aspirated foam must first be delivered to the seat of the fire.
of this may be reduced by directing the foam stream onto the
The effective range of monitors shall be reduced in system
tank shell and allowing it to run down the inside of the tank
design calculations by at least 30% from that determined by
onto the fuel surface. However, in a live fire situation this may
tests, to make allowance for the effects of wind
prove impossible to achieve.
As, in most systems, the foam monitors will be close to ground
level, the foam produced will first be required to reach up and
over the tank wall or shell onto the fuel surface.
3.6.1 General Foam Monitor System Design Criteria
In all primary protection systems using foam monitors it is

z Consider using the largest diameter feed hoses possible to
assumed that all the calculated foam solution requirement for
reduce frictional losses and reduce the “spaghetti effect”
the hazard actually reaches the area to be protected. As has
of too many hoses on the fireground. With many hoses
already been seen, to achieve the minimum foam solution
present, should one hose burst, it is difficult and slow to
required, consideration must also be given to the potential
replace, incurring delays before replenishing the required
foam solution losses that will occur due to access and windage
operating flows and pressures which can adversely impact
problems. Enough equipment must therefore be available
on the effectiveness of the fire fighting attack. Also the
to ensure that under all conditions the minimum application
laws of probability suggest the more lengths of hose are
rate is being achieved. This will, in most circumstances, result
exposed, the greater the probability of a hose failure!
in considerable over-capacity in terms of equipment resource,
often requiring double the monitor flow to deliver the z The minimum foam solution discharge time for spills and
calculated application rate on the hazard (often of the order tanks under 45m dia. should be:
2:1).
65 minutes: Crude Petroleum and hydrocarbons with
The minimum specific design requirements can be flash-points below 37.8°C
summarised as:
50 minutes: Hydrocarbons with flash-points between
z The minimum foam solution application rate should be 37.8°C and 93.3°
6.5 litres/min/m2 for all types of foam concentrate on small
spills containing liquid hydrocarbons.
z The minimum foam solution application rate should be

10-12 litres/min/m2 for all types of foam concentrate on
bulk storage tanks of up to 60m dia. containing liquid
hydrocarbons (this may have to be increased to tackle
specialist risks, i.e. gasohols, Class IA fuels, etc.)
z The minimum foam operating time should be planned

to be at least 90 minutes for bulk storage tanks >45m
diameter.
z Greater minimum foam solution application rates may also

be required for hot fuels after a prolonged pre-burn.

3.6.2 Big Flow Monitor Packages
In recent years there has been a growing demand and interest

in large capacity monitor systems, that are designed to operate
effectively as a well thought out and hydraulically efficient
equipment package. These are often used for protection of
large storage tank farms, sometimes shared by a group of
mutual aid organisations for any major fie or emergency within
their locality. These usually comprise of high capacity monitors,
XLDH supply hose and retrieval equipment, large capacity high
pressure pumps sets and foam proportioning equipment.
3.6.3 Monitors
The Iron Man trailered foam and water delivery unit is capable
of various flows with interchangeable tips up to 33,000 litres/
minute with ranges in excess of 400 feet depending on
conditions. The nozzle is capable of changing its stream pattern
from straight stream to semi-fog via an integral hydraulic
patterned control system. The unit is suitable for both Synthetic
and Protein based foams. Stability is designed into the trailer
using ballast tanks and 4-point levelling system. The Monitor
movement is 340º rotational and +15º to +90º elevation.
The Terminator II Foam/Water Delivery Device is equipped with

a self-educting gladiator nozzle. It features straight stream to
fog pattern adjustability, turn and click flow adjustment and a
self levelling stability system.
It delivers outstanding foam range and foam quality. Flow

ranges available from 5,500 to 11,300 litres/minute.
3.6.4 Superaquaduct XLDH Hose and Retrieval System
Super Aquaduct is a lightweight and compact flexible layflat Hose reel trailers feature remote controlled hydraulic
pipeline for all emergency water delivery operations. It can be variable speed drive systems allowing for efficient and safe
economically stored and easily transported. It is designed for deployment. Carrying capacities up to 300 meters of 12 inch
long life and maintenance-free service in even the harshest hose per reel. Flaking boxes are supplied complete with stack
environments. and lifting features providing both secure, long-term storage
and fast deployment.
Super Aquaduct has low pressure loss for efficient pumping.

It swells up to 10% above uncharged diameter at maximum
operating pressure enabling more water to be pumped.
A number of deployment and retrieval systems are available

including flaking boxes, hose reels and side reeler trailers.

3.6.5 High Volume Pumping Options
Neptune is an integrated, transportable pumping module The Triton pumping system eliminates the need to pump
capable of pumping water at 11,000-22,000 litres/minute at from draft and dramatically increases the area in which
10 bar. Neptune integrates two floating satellite pumps that primary pumps can be deployed and operated due to its
supply water to a main pump from distances up to 45 metres. size and capabilities. Offered in flow rates of 11,000- 22,000
The satellite pumps provide up to 15m of vertical lift inclusive litres/minute, the Triton can deliver water to any pump from
of 45 metres total distance, allowing greater access to more distances up to 45 metres away.
water sources than standard suction lift pumps.
The Dominator trailer mounted pumping system is a more
conventional drafting pump system consisting of a large diesel
engine, a large split case pump and a vacuum system on the
manifold that allows the pump to pump from draft offering
mobile high flow response, flexible and fast connectivity, high
performance pumping, simple operation and durability. Flow
range from 5,000 to 22,000 litres/minute.
3.6.6 Mobile Foam Proportioning
A number of options are available to add foam capability to

the Big Flow system. A Foam Injection Skid or Trailer utilizes
a diesel driven positive displacement pump suitable for
injecting foam concentrate at any rate for flows up to or
exceeding 38,000 litres. The foam injection units are suited to
low pressure suction inlet injection, as well as high pressure
main-hose-line injection. Injection rate or proportioning can
be manually adjusted utilizing a Variable Proportioning Valve
(with % Settings) or electronically controlled. Alternative
proportioning systems are also available that utilize vacuum
style eductors. These simple systems are typically small enough
to be transported in the back of a pick-up truck while providing
proportioning to pumps up to 38,000 litres/minute

3.7 SUPPLEMENTARY PROTECTION
In accordance with the requirements of NFPA 11 and storing water miscible liquids. If other extinguishing class
(EN13565-2), a number of approved foam branchpipes with a foams are chosen, the following increased application rates will
minimum foam solution flow rate of 189 (200) litres/min. must be required:
be provided for supplementary spill fire protection as shown
z Where Class 1B/2B foams are chosen add 10% to this
in Fig. 3.18.
application rate (ie 10 becomes 11L/min/m2).
Operation of these branchpipes must be possible
z Where Class 1C/2C foams are chosen add 25% to this
simultaneously with the tank foam system.
application rate (ie. 10 becomes 12.5L/min/m2)
These handline devices can be considered adequate
z Extinguishing Class 1D/2D/3B/3C/3D foams are not
protection for full surface involvement of small hydrocarbon
recommended.
fixed cone roof or OTFR storage tanks when less than10m dia.,
providing a minimum application rate of 10L/min/m2 (Class The Angus AF 120 is a self-contained, high capacity, mobile
1A/2A foam) is provided for a discharge period of at least 60 foam station comprising foam storage tank, portable inductor,
minutes (EN13565-2). This would require 4 handlines each low expansion foam branchpipe and 2 x fire hoses which
of minimum 200L/min flow (or 2x 450L/min flow). It is not meets these NFPA 11/EN13565-2 requirements.
permissible to rely on handlines for larger tanks or any tanks
Fig. 3.18 Supplementary Foam Protection Requirements for small spill fires
NFPA 11 EN13565-2
Minimum Operating Minimum Operating
Minimum Number Minimum Number
Time (mins) Time (mins)
DIAMETER OF TANK Branchpipes Branchpipes
(each unit) (each unit)
Up to 10.5m (35ft) 1 10 1 30
10.5 to 19.5m (65ft) 1 20 N/D N/D
19.5m to 28.5m (95ft) 2 20 N/D N/D
28.5m to 36m (120ft) 2 30 N/D N/D
Over 36m (120ft) 3 30 N/D N/D
Rimseal area on OTFR tanks N/D N/D 2* 30
NOTES:
N/D = Not defined
* One of the 2 backup handlines should be a dry riser outlet, positioned close to the stairs at the top of the OTFR tank.
Adequate reserve foam supplies are recommended to reinstate the supplementary system within 24 hours of use.

Fig. 3.19 Angus AF 120 Mk2 Mobile Foam Station
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE DATA

(using Angus Protein, Fluoroprotein (FP70C6), FFP (PetrosealC6 & AlcosealC6), or AFFF (TridolC6) concentrates and F225/H Branchpipe)
INPUT PRESSURE TOTAL WATER FOAM APPROX. RUN TIME (MIN.) FOAM THROW FROM
AT INDUCTOR FLOW PRODUCED INDUCTOR SETTING BRANCHLINE
Bar Litre/Min. Litre/Min. 3% 6% m
5 180 1800 22 11 14
6 197 1970 20 10
7 213 2130 19 9 17
8 228 2280 17 8.5
10 255 2550 16 8 20
The AF120 is also suitable for use with other Branchpipes such as the Angus F450/H and MEX 225. Running times will be dependent on
differing flow rates, and relevent Branchpipe literature should be consulted.

3.8 EXPOSURE PROTECTION
The individual tank design, layout and piping system for any Some tank operators foam enhance these waterspray tank
particular installation will be a function both of the physical cooling systems to deliver foam immediately at the base
factors like terrain, site elevation, drainage, etc. and of the of the tank, which can quickly control and extinguish small
governing standards regarding permissible individual tank flammable liquid fires involving mixers, leaking valves
position, e.g. NFPA 30 Flammable and Combustible Liquids etc adjacent to the tank. It can also cover small spillages
Code. to minimize the risk of ignition and potential escalation.
Sometimes specialist aspirating K10 or K20 nozzles are used to
Despite taking all reasonable precautions as demanded by
improve the quality of the foam produced.
these considerations, a fire in an individual storage tank will
generate significant radiated heat, which can damage and/
b) Fixed and Trailer Mounted Water Monitors
or ignite adjacent tanks or bunds which would not otherwise
be directly involved. A deep seated fire in even the smallest Both static and oscillating water monitors have found
diameter tank can create major problems unless cooling water acceptance over recent years as being a cost-effective means
is applied to its close neighbours. Smaller tanks usually heat up of delivering water to cool storage tanks shells and the
and potentially escalate faster than larger tanks, as there is less number, capacity, position and deployment will ultimately
stored liquid to act as a heat sink. depend upon individual site requirements. However, access
problems and local water supply considerations must be taken
Tank cooling is therefore recommended as essential to
into account when considering their introduction.
complete the protection of a particular installation, and
care should be taken to ensure adequate water supplies are
available for fire fighting duties. The methods by which this is
usually applied can be summarised as being:
a) Deluge Waterspray Systems
This is the most efficient method of delivering water, evenly

distributed and at the correct application rate, to the outside
shell of the storage tank. The system will usually consist of an
array of spray heads positioned around the tank and directly
plumbed into a water deluge valve, which is automatically
triggered by some form of electric, hydraulic or pneumatic
detection system. The individual spray heads will be positioned
about 0.6m from the vessel shell and angled towards the
vessel so that the developed spray pattern will overlap with its
adjacent neighbours. Angus Fire manufactures an extensive
range of deluge valves and specialised waterspray nozzles to
meet this application, but as the elements of system design
can become complex due to windage, rundown, etc. it is
recommended that Angus Fire is contacted for further detailed
design information.

1
8
S E C T I O N F O U R
Foam Base Injection
Benefits of Base Injection Systems Section 4.2 Page 4.4
Base Injection Equipment Section 4.3 Page 4.5
Base Injection Design Procedure Section 4.4 Page 4.8
System Arrangement and Specification Section 4.5 Page 4.19
Testing Section 4.6 Page 4.21
Operation Section 4.7 Page 4.23
Examples – Foam Base Injection Calculations Section 4.8 Page 4.24
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION FOUR PAGE 4. 1

PAGE 4. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION FOUR
S E C T I O N F O U R
Foam Base Injection
4.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Base injection systems (also known as sub-surface foam Correct design will take into account pressure losses in the
injection systems) are suitable for use on vertical fixed following areas:
roof atmospheric storage tanks containing flammable or
i) Friction loss in pipework, fittings and valves.
combustible liquid hydrocarbons.
ii) The maximum static head of the fuel.
The system is essentially simple and comprises the following:
iii) Pressure loss through the foam induction equipment and
i) A pressurised supply of fresh or sea water.
foam generators.
ii) Suitable foam concentrate induction equipment for a 3%
The information contained within this section of the manual
foam concentrate.
complies generally with the requirements of two international
iii) Adequate foam concentrate and storage facilities. standards.
iv) Angus Fire High Back Pressure Foam Generators (HBPGs). NFPA 11 Low Expansion Foam and Combined Agent Systems.
v) Bursting disc. EN13565-2 Fixed Fire Fighting Systems – Foam Systems - Part 2:
Design, construction and maintenance.
vi) Suitable interconnecting pipework and valving.
In operation, the system introduces aspirated foam at a pre-

determined application rate at the base of the tank (see Fig
4.1a), above the water base. The foam then rises through the
fuel to form an extinguishing blanket at the surface. Rotational
currents caused by the rising foam stream carry cold fuel to the
burning surface, which can aid extinction.
Systems may be fully fixed with all components permanently
installed, using a dedicated foam inlet pipe (Fig 4.1a) or
utilizing the product line (Fig 4.1b). Alternatively, portable
high back pressure generators can be used and connected
into suitable tank inlets or product lines when required. The
number and diameter of foam inlets will depend upon the tank
diameter and the type of fuel involved.
FOAM BLANKET
BURSTING DISC FUEL

HBPG HOLDER
VALVE VALVE
FOAM
CHECK
SOLUTION
FLANGED VALVE
TEST & SAMPLE
CONNECTION
WATER BASE
Fig. 4.1a Base Injection System Schematic

FOAM BLANKET
FUEL
VALVE VALVE
PRODUCT LINE
GATE
VALVE
HBPG BURSTING CHECK WATER BASE
DISC VALVE
HOLDER
Fig 4.1b Arrangements for Sub Surface Discharge via Product Line
4.2 BENEFITS OF BASE INJECTION SYSTEMS
z Rapid response with minimum demand on resources, z The foam system is simple to operate and maintain.
water supply, foam concentrate and personnel.
z Existing product pipelines into the tank can often be used
z High resistance of the foam system to damage during tank as inlets for foam.
explosion or fire.
z Suitable for unskilled operation or automatic initiation, at a
z Design application rates of foam are achieved with 100% of safe distance from the fire.
the foam reaching the fuel surface.
z Circulation of cold fuel dissipates hot fuel layers near the

burning surface and aids extinction.

4.3 BASE INJECTION EQUIPMENT
4.3.1 Foam Concentrate
The concept of base injection only became possible with the

development of FluoroProtein type foam concentrates which
have a high resistance to fuel contamination, heat resistance
and good fluidity due to their natural protein base material.
Additionally, by the nature of the type of fire, the aspirated
foam must have excellent burn-back resistance and stability.
Angus PetrosealC6 32 (FFFP) is UL approved for base injection:
4.3.2 Foam Induction
For satisfactory performance of a base injection system an iii) Are the foam concentrate storage facilities to be
induction rate of 3% is required. The induction equipment centralized, or not?
which is selected will be dependent upon a number of
iv) What water supplies and pressures are available on site?
considerations, including:
i) Will each tank have a dedicated foam induction system? - Angus offers a comprehensive range of foam concentrate
in which case a constant flow device may be suitable. induction equipment for all applications and full details can be
found in Section 2 of this manual.
ii) Is the foam induction system required to supply a number
of tanks and/or additional hazards on the site? - a variable
flow application.
4.3.3 High Back Pressure Foam Generators (See data sheet 5036)
The Angus Series 2 range of High Back Pressure Generators A protective spool piece may be fitted prior to installation
(HBPG) has been specifically developed to produce aspirated to facilitate removal at a later date, if this should become
foam with an expansion ratio of between 2:1 and 4:1 against a necessary. Inlet and outlet pressure gauges are optional extras,
system backpressure, from fuel/head in the storage tank, of up but recommended to enable the system operator to check
to 40% of the inlet pressure. whether the system is operating correctly.
There are nine models in the Angus Fire range with Installation should be in a horizontal pipe section, with the air
performance capabilities shown in Graph 4.1. The minimum inlet arranged vertically and above the pipeline.
required operating pressure is 7 bar.
A non-return valve (NRV) is fitted as standard to all models, to
Where greater foam solution flow rates are required, the ensure that fuel does not escape from the air inlet port during
appropriate number of generators may be operated in parallel any stage of operation, and also to ensure that full pressure is
into a common manifold. Conversely, one generator may available immediately after the system is activated.
supply a manifold of separate foam lines.
The generators should be installed in straight pipe with a
The HBPG 225,450 and 900 models are supplied with minimum of 5 pipe diameters both upstream and downstream
screwed connections as standard with the improver section from the unit. In the case of the larger 1400 - 3850 units, the
contained within the body. British instantaneous, NH or Storz straight pipe length downstream should be considered from
adaptors can be fitted to allow use in semi-fixed systems, the end of the improver section.
or flanged adaptors are available if the units are to be used
in permanently installed systems. Inlet and outlet pressure
gauges are fitted as standard.
The HBPG 1400, 1900, 2250, 3300, 3600 and 3850 models are
designed to be installed between ANSI 150 flanges, with the
stainless steel improver section inserted into the downstream
pipework.

Fig. 4.2 Angus High Back Pressure Generators – Series 2

HBPG MODEL 225 450 900 1400 1900 2250 2650 2900 3300
DIMENSION A (mm) 741 751 1135 - - - - - -
B (mm) (1) 505 505 645 - - - - - -
C (mm) 60 60 85 - - - - - -
D (mm) 83 83 106 - - - - - -
E (mm) - - - 280 280 280 280 280 280
F (mm) - - - 1292 1283 1275 1268 1262 1256
G (mm) - - - 240 240 240 240 240 240
H (mm) - - - 150 dia. 150 dia. 150 dia. 150 dia. 150 dia. 150 dia.
INLET CONNECTION 2” BSP (f )” 2” BSP (f )” 3” BSP (f )” 4” RF Flange to ANSI B 16.5 Class 150
OUTLET CONNECTION 2” BSP (m)” 2” BSP (m)” 3” BSP (m)” 6” RF Flange to ANSI B 16.5 Class 150
MATERIALS BODY S.G. Iron-420-12 Cast Steel to ASTM A216 WCB
BARREL Steel - - - - - -
NOZZLE Acetate 316 Stainless Steel
IMPROVER 316 Stainless Steel
FINISH Yellow Thermoplastic powder coated
WEIGHT (kg) 10 10 22.5 41 41 41 41 41 41
Graph 4.1 HBPG Series 2 Performance
17
HBPG HBPG HBPG HBPG HBPG HBPG
1400 1900 2250 2650 2900 3300
15
13
HBPG HBPG HBPG
225 450 900
INLET PRESSURE (BAR. G)
11
5
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
500
0
FOAM SOLUTION FLOW (LITRES/MIN)

4.3.4 Bursting Discs
Experience has shown that NRVs are not considered sufficiently When the foam system is operated, the disc initially blocks
secure to prevent leakage of product back along the foam the line, preventing the HBPG from inducing air. Under this
line, therefore additional protection is obtained by using a momentary static condition, the full foam solution pressure
bursting disc assembly, which gives a positive reliable seal, and is available and the disc is ruptured, allowing correct system
is recommended as a key part of the system design. operation to continue.
The most suitable bursting disc is a high back pressure

composite slotted unit with a vacuum support and is held
within a 316 stainless steel holder. Rated to burst at 2 bar, the
disc will withstand a back pressure of 3.5 bar.
The vacuum support protects the disc from minor fluctuations

in pressure on the tank side caused, for example, by either
product movements in and out of the tank, or heating and
cooling of product during a 24 hour cycle which has leaked
through the check valve.
4.3.5 Water Supply
Fresh or salt water may be used with Angus Fire foam

concentrates and it is recommended that strainers are fitted
in the water supply line upstream of the foam induction
equipment. If in doubt, contact Angus Fire for more
information.
Fig. 4.3 Angus Fire Bursting Discs
ITEM 1
TOP COVER
HBPG TANK
ITEM 2
SIDE SIDE
SEAL MEMBRANE
MARKED ‘HBPG SIDE’ MARKED ‘TANK SIDE’ ITEM 3

TRANSIT/VACUUM SUPPORT
DISC TAG

4.4 BASE INJECTION DESIGN PROCEDURE
4.4.1 Type of Tank
Base injection is suitable for use on vertical fixed roof Base injection is not normally suitable for open top floating
atmospheric storage tanks and may, in some cases, be roof tanks or covered floating roof tanks where foam
considered for covered floating roof tanks with light plastic distribution may be uneven due to the configuration of the
membranes or thin floating diaphragms that will easily melt in roof, or where foam inlets may be obstructed in the event of
any fire, before activation of the Base Injection System. the roof sinking.
4.4.2 Type of Fuel
Base injection can be used to protect most flammable or z Current trends in the development of lead-free gasoline
combustible hydrocarbon fuels, with the following exceptions: by the inclusion of water miscible additives require
special consideration. The suitability of base injection and
z Class IA hydrocarbons. Those fuels having flash-points
of standard foam concentrates is dependent upon the
below 22.8°C (73°F) and a boiling point below 37.8°C
percentage of oxygenate added and must be determined
(100°F)
by actual test. Generally fuels with less than 7% MTBE are
z Hydrocarbon fuels with a viscosity greater than 440 considered suitable, but those with any Ethanol content
centistokes (100mm2/s) at their minimum anticipated are not considered suitable. Consult Angus Fire for further
storage temperature. details.
z Base injection is not suitable for water miscible fuels.
Fig. 4.4 Base Injection System Design Procedure

This outlines the procedure to be followed when producing a base injection system design.
Information Required Decision / Calculation Refer Paragraph

Type of tank Is the tank suitable? 4.4.1
Type of fuel Is the fuel suitable? 4.4.2

Tank diameter Calculate:
i) minimum foam solution flow 4.4.3
ii) minimum no. foam inlets 4.4.4
iii) required no. HBPG units 4.4.5
iv) actual foam solution flow 4.4.5
v) foam concentrate requirements 4.4.6
Flashpoint of fuel Calculate:
i) minimum no. foam inlets 4.4.4
ii) maximum foam inlet velocity 4.4.7
iii) minimum diameter of foam inlets 4.4.7
Specific gravity and maximum depth of fuel Calculate:
4.4.8
i) maximum back pressure due to fuel depth
Site plan Assess limitations dictated by site conditions. Decide on foam

induction equipment and its location. 4.3.2
Calculate:
i) pressure losses in expanded foam line due to friction in pipework
valves/fittings 4.4.9
ii) total system back pressure 4.4.10
iii) check total system pressures 4.4.11
Maximum depth of water layer Foam inlet(s) must be placed at least 300mm above this highest
possible water level, and outlets not subject to sediment
accumulation
Location and size of existing tank inlets or product Assess whether existing lines will give correct foam inlet velocities
lines and therefore could be considered suitable for use

NOTES – It is recommended that:
A foam test connection needs to be provided for each HBPG (or group of HBPGs), suitable for the design flow, with test, isolation valve(s) and a pressure gauge connection to
measure the system back pressure.
Each foam inlet pipe shall be fitted with an isolating gate valve, composite slotted vacuum supported bursting disc with 316 stainless steel holder (fitted upstream of the
NRV) and a non-return valve.
The pipework between the foam injection point into the tank or product piping, and the HBPG should be installed at a slope of no less than 200:1 and must be equipped
with adequate drainage facilities. .
Where foam injection is via product piping:
a) isolating valves between the tank nozzle and the foam injection point must be secured in the open position, and
b) the foam isolating valve, burst disc and NRV must be installed as closely as possible to the foam line connection into the product piping.
4.4.3 Foam Solution Application Rate
NFPA 11 specifies a minimum foam solution application rate of

4.1 litres/min/m2 and this figure has been adopted throughout
this Section. EN13565-2 recommends 4 litres/min/m2 and
where local or company regulations permit, this rate should be
used (see Fig 4.6).
4.4.4 Foam Inlets
The number of foam inlets required is dependent upon their

diameter of the tank and the volatility of the fuel. Inlets should
be provided as follows:
Fig. 4.5 Number of Foam Inlets
Tank Diameter (m) Minimum recommended number of Base injection discharge outlets
Flash Point below 37.8°C (40°C) Flash Point 37.8°C (40°C) or higher
≤ 24 1 1
>24 up to 36 2 1
>36 up to 42 3 2
>42 up to 48 4 2
>48 up to 54 5 2
>54 up to 60 6 3
6+1 outlet per 465m2 tank area in excess of 3+1 outlet per 697m2 (465m2) tank area in
>60
2827m2 excess of 2827m2
NOTES:
Inlets must be positioned at least 500mm above any base water layer in the tank to prevent destruction of the foam.
Inlets may terminate flush with the tank wall or be fitted with stubs protruding into the tank. The latter may discharge horizontally or be angled vertically. Discharge
downwards should be avoided, particularly if the foam can enter a water bottom or impinge on the base of the tank.
Where more than one inlet is required, they should be spaced equally around the tank shell so that foam travel on the surface should not exceed 30m. This can be achieved
by using either separate inlets, or alternatively a single inlet feeding into an internal manifold to the centre of the tank, with several outlet arms directed towards the tank
circumference to better distribute the foam.
Base injection should not be used for water miscible fuels (e.g. Alcohols, esters, ketones, aldehydes or other products requiring an AR type foam for extinguishing), unless
documented and independently tested data confirms a novel system design configuration can safely achieve this.
Base injection is also not recommended for use on Class 1A hydrocarbon fuels (those combining flashpoints below 25°C, and boiling points below 37.8°C).
The most viscous fuel that NFPA 11 confirms has been extinguished by base injection was stored at ambient conditions of 15.6°C with a viscosity of 2000 SSU or 440
centistokes, and a pour point of -9.4°C.
Base injection of foam is generally not recommended for fuels that have a viscosity greater than 440 centistokes (or greater than 100mm2/s) at their minimum anticipated
storage temperature.
Base injection is also generally not recommended for products stored at temperatures above 80°C, as violent frothing and ejection of stored liquid fuel may occur.

4.4.5 HBPG Selection
The solution flow per HBPG is defined as: The actual foam solution flow at the design pressure is then
also read from Graph 4.1.
Minimum foam solution flow
Minimum number of inlets It should be noted that it will be necessary to re- confirm the
specified HBPG unit, once all the pressure loss calculations have
Having determined this figure, an initial selection of the
been completed (see Para. 4.4.10).
required units can be made by reference to Graph 4.1, from
which the HBPG immediately to the right of the pressure/flow
point is taken.
4.4.6 Foam Concentrate Requirements
The minimum foam concentrate requirement = Actual foam A 100% reserve foam concentrate supply must be available to
solution flow rate x induction rate x system operating time. reinstate the system within 24 hours of operation.
A nominal 3% should be added to allow for concentrate and

solution in pipework.
Fig. 4.6 Minimum System Application Rates and Operating Times
Minimum Foam Application Rate (L/min) Minimum System Operating Time

Hydrocarbon Fuel Type
NFPA 11 EN13565-2 NFPA 11 EN13565-2
Flashpoints between 37.8°C

4.1 4* 30 mins 60 mins
and 60°C
Flashpoints below 37.8°C or

liquids heated above their 4.1 4* 55 mins 60 mins
flashpoints
Crude Oil/Petroleum 4.1 4* 55 mins 60 mins
ALL Water Miscible Fuels eg.
Acetone, Methyl Alcohol, NA NA NA NA
Acrylonitrile etc.
NOTES:
* EN13565-2 application rates assume a foam concentrate of extinguishing performance class 1A or 2A (under EN1568-3) is chosen.
Where Class 1B/2B foams are chosen add 10% to this application rate (ie 4 becomes 4.4L/min/m2).
Where Class 1C/2C foams are chosen add 25% to this application rate (ie. 4 becomes 5L/min/m2)
NA denotes this type of protection is not considered suitable for this application, unless independently validated tests have established its suitability and effectiveness.
4.4.7 Foam Inlet Velocity/Foam Carrying Pipework
It is essential that the pipework downstream of the HBPG greater than the values shown in Fig. 4.7. For calculation of the
carrying the aspirated foam is sized correctly to produce the aspirated foam inlet velocity, a nominal foam expansion ratio of
required inlet velocity at the tank. 4:1 is assumed.
The approximate velocity of aspirated foam can be defined by To allow full development of the properties of the finished
the equation: foam, a minimum aspirated foam line length of 20m between
the HBPG and the tank inlet is desirable. If, however, for
V = Q x 84.88
economic or other reasons, pipework with a smaller bore than
d2
calculated from Fig. 4.8 is used for part of the downstream
where: system, it is important to ensure that:
V = velocity in metres/sec. i) The maximum expanded foam velocity at any point within
Q = foam solution flow in litres/min. the pipework does not exceed 9 m/s.
d = pipe diameter in mm.
ii) The correct foam inlet diameter is achieved at a minimum
The required velocity of the expanded foam at the point of distance of 20 x pipe diameters from the tank inlet point.
entry into the tank is dependent upon the volatility of the fuel (For example, if the correct inlet diameter is 150mm, this
and inlets should be sized so that the discharge velocity is not must be achieved at a distance of 3m before the tank inlet.)

Fig. 4.7 Maximum Foam Inlet Velocities
These velocities apply for at least the last 3m of foam inlet pipe before entering the tank.
Fuel Type Maximum Foam Inlet Velocity

Class 1B (flash point below 22.8°C and boiling point above 37.8°C) 3m/sec
Class 1A (flashpoint below 22.8°C and boiling point below 37.8°C) N/A
All other hydrocarbons 6m/sec
The calculation of the minimum pipe sizes required to achieve these velocities is shown in Fig. 4.8 below.
Fig. 4.8 Calculation of Minimum Pipe Diameter
Foam Velocity Minimum Pipe Diameter where:
d = Q x 5.275 d = pipe diameter in mm.

3m/sec
I Q = flow solution flow rate in litres/min.
d = Q x 3.73 I = no. of base injection inlets to tank.
6m/sec
I
d = Q x 3.046
9m/sec
I
Fig. 4.9 Minimum tank inlet diameter per HBPG.
Minimum foam inlet velocity (typical expansion 4:1)
Number of High Back Pressure Generators Not exceeding 3m/sec Not exceeding 6m/sec
1 inlets 2 inlets 3 inlets 1 inlets 2 inlets 3 inlets
HBPG 225 HBPG 450 HBPG 900 HBPG 1400 HBPG 1900 HBPG 2250 mm mm mm mm mm mm
1 80 65
2 1 150 80 80 65
2 2 200 150 100 150 80 65
1 200 150 150 150 100 100
2 1 1 250 200 150 200 150 100
3 2 300 200 200 200 150 150
2 250 200 200 150
3 250 200 200 150
2 250 250 200 150
3 300 250 200 200
3 350 250 250 200
Graph 4.2 shows the relationship between foam velocity and foam flow rate for various pipework sizes.

Graph 4.2 Foam flow rate/Foam velocity
12
80mm
11 BORE
100mm
10 BORE
150mm 200mm
BORE BORE
9
250mm
FOAM VELOCITY (METRES/SECOND)
BORE
8
300mm
BORE
7 350mm
BORE
6
400mm
BORE
5
0
10,800
14,400
18,000
21,600
25,200
28,800
32,400
36,000
39,600
43,200
46,800
50,400
0
3600
7200
FINISHED FOAM FLOW RATE (AT EXPANSION 4:1) (LITRES/MIN)
11,700
12,600
10,800
0
1800
2700
3600
4500
5400
6300
7200
8100
9000
9900
900
EQUIVALENT SOLUTION FLOW RATE (LITRES/MIN)
Existing product inlet or discharge lines may often be used to carry the aspirated finished foam to the tank, provided they meet all the
dimensional requirements, and that suitable valving can be arranged to ensure that the foam flows in the correct direction.

4.4.8 Static Head of Fuel
The back pressure due to static head of fuel can be Graph 4.3 Product head or static pressure
calculated as follows:
Back pressure (bar) = fuel depth (m) x 0.098 x fuel

specific gravity. 30
28
Graph 4.3 shows static head against product depth for
various fuels. 26
24
22
PRODUCT HEAD (METRES)

20
PETROL S.G. 0.76 KEROSENE S.G. 0.82
18
PETROL S.G. 0.70
16
WATER S.G. 1.0
14
12
GAS/FUEL OIL S.G. 0.90
10
0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
STATIC PRESSURE (BAR.G.)
4.4.9 Pressure Loss in Aspirated Foam Line
The friction losses in the pipework, fittings and valves between bore. The value is then added to the straight pipework used in
the HBPG and the tank must be calculated. the installation and Graphs 4.4 to 4.6 show friction loss against
expanded foam flow, with a nominal 4:1 expansion ratio.
Fig. 4.10 shows the friction losses for pipe fittings and valves
stated as the equivalent length of straight pipe of the same
Fig. 4.10 Equivalent Friction Losses in Metres of Pipe for Standard Pipe Fittings and Valves
Pipe diameter (mm)

Fitment
50 80 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600
90° Bend 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.1 4.0 5.2 6.4 7.7 8.6 9.8 11.0 13.5
45° Bend 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.8 3.1 3.7 4.3 4.6 5.5
90° Lateral > 2.2 3.1 4.3 4.9 5.8 7.4 9.2 10.7 12.5 14.5 15.9 19.6
90° Tee ^ 2.5 4.0 5.2 6.4 7.4 9.2 11.3 13.5 15.6 17.7 19.9 24.4
4-way cross piece 2.2 3.1 4.3 6.1 7.4 9.5 11.9 14.1 16.5 18.6 21.1 26.0
Gate Valve 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 1.6 1.9 2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.7 4.6
Non Return Valve 4.3 6.1 7.7 12.2 15.3 19.8 23.0 30.5 33.6 36.8 39.8 43.9

Graph 4.4 Pressure loss/flow rate - aspirated foam
9 150mm PIPE DIA
7
FRICTION LOSS (BARS PER 100m OF PIPE)
3 200mm PIPE DIA
2
250mm PIPE DIA
1
2000 6000 10000 14000 18000 22000 26000 30000 34000
FOAM FLOW RATE (LITRES/MIN)
Graph 4.5 Pressure loss/flow rate – aspirated foam
15
80mm PIPE DIA
14
63.5mm PIPE DIA
13
100mm PIPE DIA
12
FRICTION LOSS (BARS PER 100m OF PIPE
11
10
1
10000
11000
12000
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000

Graph 4.6 Pressure loss/flow rate - aspirated foam
300mm PIPE DIA

2.1
350mm PIPE DIA

1.8
FRICTION LOSS (BARS PER 100mm OF PIPE)
1.5
1.2
0.9
0.6
0.3
0
12000
24000
30000
36000
42000
48000
54000
60000
66000
72000
78000
84000
90000
18000
4.4.10 Total System Back Pressure
The total system back pressure acting at the foam generator When the generator inlet pressure has been specified, a check
outlet is equal to the sum of the product static head (Para. on the actual HBPG capacity at this pressure must be made –
4.4.8) and the losses due to friction in the pipework and valving refer to Graph 4.1 – to ensure that the required minimum foam
between the HBPG and the tank (Para. 4.4.9). solution application rate is achieved.
The total system back pressure must be no more than 40% of

the pressure at the inlet of the HBPG. The minimum pressure at
the inlet of the HBPG must be 2.5 x total system back pressure
or 7 bar, whichever is the greater.

4.4.11 Total System Pressure Requirements
A check must now be made on the complete system.
Fig. 4.11 Total System Pressure Requirements
Parameter Symbol
Water supply pressure available at the design flow rate A
Water pressure losses between water supply and foam induction system at design flow rate due to
B
friction losses in pipework and valving (see Graph 4.7 and Fig. 4.10)
Pressure losses across foam induction system inducing chosen Angus Fire foam to give 3% solution (refer
C
Section 2)
Pressure losses in foam solution line at design flow rate due to friction losses in pipework and valving
D
(see Graph 4.7 and Fig. 4.10)
E=A-(B+C+D)
Inlet pressure to HBPG at rated flow
(must be at least 7 bar)
Pressure losses in aspirated foam line due to friction losses in pipework and valving (assume a foam
G
expansion ratio 4:1)
Pressure due to maximum static head of fuel H
G and H must be less than E x 40%
If this is not the case, the system must be reconfigured to comply with this requirement, which could involve:
z Increasing available water pressure.
z Increasing the diameter of water, foam solution and finished foam pipework to reduce friction losses.
z Re-designing pipework layout to reduce lengths of runs.
z Using a foam induction system which has lower pressure losses.
Graph 4.7 Friction loss in Schedule 40 pipe
1.0
0.90
0.80
0.70
0.60
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
3 12
1 14
1 12
2 12
10
1
8
LOSS IN BARS/M
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05
0.04
0.03
0.02
0.01
10000
10000
20000
30000
40000
50000
60000
70000
80000
90000
100000
1000
1500
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
900
100
150
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
FLOW IN (LITRES/MIN)

4.4.12 Supplementary Protection
In accordance with the requirements of NFPA 11 and z Where Class 1B/2B foams are chosen add 10% to this
(EN13565-2), a number of approved foam branchpipes with a application rate (ie 10 becomes 11L/min/m2).
minimum foam solution flow rate of 189 (200) litres/min. must
z Where Class 1C/2C foams are chosen add 25% to this
be provided for supplementary spill protection as shown in
application rate (ie. 10 becomes 12.5L/min/m2)
Fig. 3.15.
z Extinguishing Class 1D/2D/3B/3C/3D foams are not
Operation of the branchpipes must be possible simultaneously
recommended.
with the tank foam system.
The Angus AF 120 is a self-contained, high capacity, mobile
These handline devices can be adequate for full surface
foam station comprising foam storage tank, portable inductor,
involvement of small hydrocarbon fixed cone roof and OTFR
low expansion foam branchpipe and 2 x fire hoses which
storage tanks of less than 10m dia., providing application rates
meets the NFPA 11/EN13565-2 requirements.
in excess of 10L/min/m2 (Class 1A/2A foam) are provided for a
discharge period of not less than 60 minutes (EN13565-2).
It is not acceptable to rely on such handlines for larger
hydrocarbon tanks. If other extinguishing class foams are
chosen, the following application rates will be required:
Fig. 4.12 Supplementary Foam Protection Requirements for small spill fires around tanks
NFPA 11 EN13565-2
Diameter of Tank Minimum No. Minimum Operating Minimum No. Minimum Operating
Branchpipes Time (mins) (ea. unit) Branchpipes Time (mins) (ea. unit)
Up to 10.5m (35ft) 1 10 1 30
10.5 to 19.5m (65ft) 1 20 ND ND
19.5m to 28.5m (95ft) 2 20 ND ND
28.5m to 36m (120ft) 2 30 ND ND
Over 36m (120ft) 3 30 ND ND
Rimseal area on OTFR tanks ND ND 2* 30
NOTES:
ND = Not defined
* One of the 2 backup handlines should be a dry riser outlet, positioned close to the stairs at the top of the OTFR tank.
100% Backup Reserve foam supplies are recommended to reinstate the supplementary system within 24 hours of use.
The minimum operating time is based upon the simultaneous operation of the minimum number of foam branchpipes. Where larger
capacity branchpipes are used, the running time may be reduced accordingly.
It is further recommended that at least one monitor (portable or fixed) be made available as supplementary protection, in the event
that damage is sustained by the tank foam system.

Fig. 4.13 Angus AF 120 Mk2 Mobile Foam Station
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE DATA
INPUT PRESSURE TOTAL WATER FOAM APPROX. RUN TIME (MIN.) FOAM THROW FROM
AT INDUCTOR FLOW PRODUCED INDUCTOR SETTING BRANCHLINE
Bar Litre/Min. Litre/Min. 3% 6% m
5 180 1800 22 11 14
6 197 1970 20 10
7 213 2130 19 9 17
8 228 2280 17 8.5
10 255 2550 16 8 20
The AF120 is also suitable for use with other Branchpipes such as the Angus F450/H and MEX 225. Running times will be dependent on
differing flow rates, and relevent Branchpipe literature should be consulted.

4.5 SYSTEM ARRANGEMENT AND SPECIFICATION
4.4.1 Type of Tank
Three types of basic installation are available: c) Emergency Connections
a) Semi-fixed Systems An inlet connection into the product line can be made after
the start of a fire, either by hot tapping or through available
These consist of a foam line, which may be the product line,
flanges or screwed connections. This is subject to the suitability
and terminal connections either immediately before or after
of the product line dimensions.
the foam generator, for connection to mobile foam and water
supplies. For a permanent system, only the first two options need to
be considered. The choice between the two systems is mainly
b) Fixed Systems
influenced by the availability of suitable mobile fire fighting
A fixed system will incorporate all necessary equipment for equipment, and adequately trained personnel on site.
operation, including pumps, water supply and foam storage
facilities.
4.5.1 Semi-fixed System
1. System Layout b) Valve Locations
The system consists of a foam line and inlet to the product The product storage tank inlet should be protected by a stop
storage tank, an inlet manifold for the foam generators, valve, normally locked open, and closed only for maintenance
and suitable valving. The pipeline dimensions required for of the foam line or during testing. The foam line should be
satisfactory foam generation apply, whether the product line protected by a non return valve to prevent ingress of the
or separate foam lines are used. Factors which govern the use product under normal conditions. On systems using the
of the product line are: product line this valve is located downstream of the foam
generator but prior to the product line. For independent foam
z that the product line has suitable dimensions;
lines the valve is located adjacent to the stop valve protecting
z suitable valving exists or can be provided in the product the tank. Each generator, or group of generators, should be
line; protected at its outlet by a bursting disc assembly and a stop
valve.
z the terminal point is accessible for mobile foam and water
supplies and is sited at a safe distance from the tank. For test purposes a valved lateral should be provided
immediately prior to the product tank inlet stop valve. The
Pipework should comply with the relevant industry standards
bore of the lateral take off should be such that under full flow
within the bund area. Outside this area piping to standard
test conditions the back pressure exerted on the aspirated
water specification may be used. All fixed pipework should be
foam, due to the frictional resistance to flow of the lateral pipe
constructed with suitable drainage pitches and drain plugs
and valve, equals that of the product line during foam system
at low points. All foam lines should be supported to allow for
operation.
possible tank movement caused by roof rupture or thermal
stressing. All fire hoses used should be durable, “through the If required, the test lateral can be piped to foam outlets located
weave” extruded construction with PVC/Nitrile rubber to resist on the bund wall enabling the system to be switched from
attack by oils and chemicals and an all nylon jacket (eg. Angus tank protection to bund protection. Test foam samples may
Fire Duraline and Hi-Vol) to minimize the risk of kinking at then be taken at the bund outlets.
lower pressures, thereby ensuring the maximum reliability of
Terminal connections at the bund wall for the attachments
the system.
of generators should be of a corrosion resistant material and
fitted with protective covers. They must be located in an area
2. Valve Arrangements
easily accessible to the mobile tenders and convenient to
a) Valve Types mains water supplies. Protection may be provided at this point
against radiant heat from the fire.
All valves should comply with relevant industry standards and
should be selected to give minimum pressure drops. To this Excessive strain will be placed on the connections at the inlet
end stop valves should be of gate or butterfly type and non to the foam line if the generators are connected without
return valves of swing check type. Visible indication of valve support. Plinths should be provided on which the generators
position should be provided on stop valves. can stand during operation.

4.5.2 Fixed Systems
1. Pipework b) The tank should be supplied with the following features:
Pipework and valving requirements for the foam line of a fixed z A valved sight glass or level indicator
system are the same as for the semi-fixed system. However,
z Pressure/vacuum venting valve
additional permanent equipment is required to provide water
supply, foam induction, foam storage and delivery facilities. z Drain plug
z Filling port or hatch leading to the base of the tank to

2. Water Supply
avoid frothing during filling
Sufficient water should be available at the correct pressure and
z Foam outlet supply line located a few millimetres
flow rate to enable the fixed protection system to operate at
above the base of the tank
the recommended application rates for the minimum duration
required. This includes any supplementary protection fitted. z Sample point connected to the foam outlet line (See
The rated pressure available must be sufficient to provide the Fig. 4.1)
design pressure at the foam generator after all pressure losses
over the induction equipment and pipework upstream of the 4. Foam Pump
generator have been allowed for. Filters should be fitted in the
Any pump used to supply foam concentrate must be
water supply lines prior to the water pump, and the induction
manufactured from materials that are resistant to the foam
equipment where water is taken directly from a mains supply.
concentrate being used. Cast iron, gunmetal/aluminium
Where water is known to be reasonably clean, simple strainers
bronze or 316 stainless steel are common materials suitable for
may be used; extremely contaminated water supplies require
Angus Fire’s foam concentrates. A facility for flushing the pump
dual type or equivalent strainers.
with clean water after use must be provided. Filters should
be fitted to the foam concentrate line prior to the pump.
3. Foam Concentrate Supply
Experience has shown 800 micron (20 mesh) to be satisfactory
Foam Tank: Angus Fire can supply foam concentrate storage for most conditions.
tanks to meet customers’ specific requirements. However, for
any tank that is to be used for foam concentrate storage, the
following recommendations apply:
a) The tank should be protected against corrosion. Mild steel

tanks, internally coated with bitumen paint, are
satisfactory for Angus Fire foam concentrates. Epoxy resin
paints also provide good protection against corrosion, as
do 316 stainless steel tanks.

4.6 TESTING
4.6.1 Equipment Commissioning
It is unlikely that it will be possible to carry out full operational

tests on a normally operating installation. Commissioning tests
will thus be confined to one of the following:
a) Proving of the system components with the back pressure

generator discharging directly to water.
b) A similar test to (a), but with the generator discharging into

the foam line and exiting via a valved lateral, which may
be either a permanent or temporary fitting, prior to the
tank inlet stop valve. (See Fig. 4.14).
4.6.2 Commissioning Tests
Normal commissioning tests should include:
z Pressure testing of water and foam solution lines.

z Proving of pumps, motors, foam induction devices and
associated equipment.
z A check on normal operating pressures at inlet to the foam

generators.
z Confirmation that design induction rates are attained.
z Analysis of foam properties, if the system described in 4.6.1

(b) is employed.
4.6.3 Foam Testing
a) Sample Collection z Measuring cylinder of capacity between 100ml and 250ml

with at least 5ml graduations.
Foam testing without injection into the tank requires the
use of the valved lateral mentioned in 4.6.1 (b), which z Stand to support the pan vertically when drainage is
should also be fitted with a pressure gauge. occurring.
With the inlet valve to the tank closed, the water supply The container should be weighed dry before testing
and foam compound valves are opened and the pressure commences to enable the nett weight of the foam sample
brought up to design value at the generator. The valve to be calculated, for the drainage time and expansion
on the lateral is then adjusted to give a pressure on the determinations. The foam may be conveniently collected by
adjacent gauge equivalent to the maximum possible fuel fitting a short length of tubing to the valve and discharging
head, or back pressure. into a suitable container, from which the foam receptacle
should be filled immediately.
The system should then be operated for sufficient time
to flush the foam line of any water introduced at the Simultaneously with taking the sample a stop-watch is started
commencement of injection, and then the foam sample to enable 25% drainage time to be obtained. Excess foam
collected via the valve, using the standard NFPA 11/ is then removed from the sample by levelling the top with
EN13565-1 measuring device, as shown in Fig 4.14. a straight edge or ruler and wiping any excess foam off the
outside of the container. The sample is then ready for testing.
Apparatus required:
b) Foam Property Determination
z Brass drainage pan, 100mm diameter x 200mm deep with
drainage tube and brass cock. The sample is tested for expansion and 25% drainage time and
the minimum acceptable values are:
z Stop-watch.
Expansion: at least 2:1, but no more than 4:1
z Balance (preferably with digital readout).
25% Drainage time: 1.5 minutes

c) 25% Drainage Time d) Expansion Test
This provides an indication of the water retention capability This is a measure of the density of the foam and is defined as
and fluidity of the foam and is the time taken for 25% of the the ratio of final foam volume to original foam solution volume
total foam solution content of the sample to drain out. before the addition of air. The foam sampling container, usually
of 1600ml capacity is weighed dry, prior to testing. After
The test is performed on the same sample as obtained for the
collection of the sample, the container is again weighed and
expansion test. After weighing the sample, the nett weight in
the expansion calculated:
grams of the foam is obtained and, by dividing this by four, the
25% solution volume in millilitres is obtained. Expansion = 1600
Full weight with foam – empty dry weight
The time for this 25% solution volume to drain from the sample
must now be measured using the stop watch. The sample is All weights should be measured in grams.
placed on a stand, the drain tap on the container opened and
the solution drained into a graduated measuring flask. The
drainage rate is adjusted so that only solution is flowing (no
bubbles), indicating that all the solution that drops out is being
drained from the foam sample. This is best achieved by using
a small clear plastic extension tube and screwed clamp on the
container drain, enabling the condition of the draining fluid
to be seen. As the drainage to the collecting flask reaches the
25% volume previously calculated, the stop-watch which was
started as the sample was collected, is stopped and this 25%
drainage time noted.
Fig. 4.14 Drainage pan and stand for testing low expansion foam
100 i.d.
200
11°
12.7 i.d. x 25 LONG
1.6 BORE POLY (METHYL
BRASS COCK METHYLCRYLATE
TUBE
ALL DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETRES

4.7 OPERATION
4.7.1 Initiation of Foam Generation
Foam application to the tank fire should be initiated non-return valve and bursting disc. Where fitted, valving in the
immediately the alarm is given either from a detection system foam concentrate supply line is opened and the main water
on the tank, or by personnel observation. The system design supply then started, either direct from the fire mains or via a
will ensure that application will be in excess of the critical vehicle fire pump if the supply pressure requires boosting. The
rate and quick response will prevent formation of a hot layer foam solution pressure at the inlet to the generator is brought
in crude oils or similar products, thus reducing the potential up to design pressure, normally 7 bar (100 psi) as quickly
hazard from heat radiation to adjacent tanks and vulnerable as possible and foam injection is continued for as long as
equipment. necessary, until some minutes after extinction has occurred to
avoid the risk of re-involvement.
a) Semi-fixed System
b) Fixed System
Connections between the fire mains or fire tender and the inlet
to the foam concentrate induction equipment, and inductor Water and foam connections in these systems are permanent.
outlet and generator are made with appropriate lengths of Foam generation is therefore commenced by starting
hose, the generator having already been connected to the foam concentrate supply, water pumps, and opening the
injection point on the foam line (if not fitted as permanent appropriate foam and water supply inlet valves. The discharge
part of the injection point). The stop valve at the generator valves at the foam generator outlets are then opened and the
discharge is opened, together with any valving in the foam line foam solution pressure brought up to the design value.
not already open, leaving the generator protected only by the
4.7.2 Fire Control
Once foam generation has commenced, operation is identical b) Products in which the surface temperature during
for either system but it is dependent upon product type. burning is more than 100°C and forms a hot zone
a) Products in which the surface temperature during If foam injection can be commenced immediately the fire
burning is less than 100°C or which have a surface starts, follow the procedure in 4.7.2.a) above.
temperature above this but do not form a hot zone
However, if the product has been burning long enough to
The foam is forced to the tank inlet by the foam generators form a hot layer then the procedure has to be modified to
where it rises freely to the product surface. As it first reaches prevent slop over of the product caused by conversion of the
the fire point there will be a momentary increase in fire water content of the foam to the volume increase of steam
intensity due to the mechanical action of steam formation. as it reaches the fuel hot layer. In these cases intermittent or
Reduction in flame height and intensity should then occur as pulsing injection of the foam is necessary. Foam is injected into
the foam blanket develops against the tank walls and seals the tank until a slop over becomes imminent - at this point
over the product surface. While foam injection continues it steam will appear at the product surface and the product level
is possible that a small area above the foam inlet point(s) will will start to rise. Injection is then stopped and the product
remain ignited due to turbulence constantly exposing product allowed to subside before injection is recommenced. In this
to atmosphere. way the hot layer is broken down, both by the cooling effect of
the foam and by the circulation of cool product from the base
Complete extinguishment can be obtained by one or a
of the tank to the surface, induced by the foam injection.
combination of the following:
Once foam can be injected without the symptoms of incipient
z By ceasing injection and allowing the foam blanket to flow
slop over, injection is continuous until after extinction is
back and seal over the turbulent area.
complete.
z If adequate foam supplies are available, by continuous
injection until the foam layer is of sufficient depth to
extinguish even the turbulent area.
z In the case of products with flashpoints higher than the

average product temperature, extinction will occur as cool
product below flashpoint is brought to the surface by the
currents induced by the foam injection.

4.8 EXAMPLES – FOAM BASE INJECTION CALCULATIONS
EXAMPLE 1 b) Length
Minimum foam
Tank Specification line length = 20 x diameter
= 20 x 250mm
Construction : Fixed cone roof = 5m
Product : Gasoline
Tank dimensions : 16.2m diameter; From Fig. 4.15, which shows the proposed system layout,
9.2m high it can be seen that the distance from the proposed
Product line diameter : 250 mm diameter connection point to the tank is 21.4m. The minimum
length requirement is therefore complied with.
Layout
6. Friction Loss
As a single tank is involved, use of the product line may be
considered, provided suitable valving can be arranged and the Total Equivalent Lengths
diameter is sufficient to allow the correct foam inlet velocity to Referring to Fig. 4.15 for basic dimensions and number of
be achieved. bends, and to Fig. 4.10 to obtain the equivalent lengths of
straight pipe:
Calculations 250mm 80mm
Pipe Manifold
1. Fuel Surface Area Pipeline 21.4m 1 x 45° bend 1.0m
π x diameter2 = π x 16.22 = 206m2 2 x 90º bends 10.4m 1 x 80mm non-
4 4 1 x 45° bend 2.2m return valve 6.1m
1 x 250mm 1 x 80mm
2. Foam Solution Application Rate Gate Valve 1 .9m Gate valve 0.6m
TOTAL 35.9m TOTAL 7.7m
Minimum foam
solution rate = 4.1 litres/min/m2 250mm Pipe
of fuel surface area Ref. Graph 4.4: Friction Loss against Flow for a 250mm pipe.
= 4.1 x 206 Friction loss per 100m @ 3600 litres/min
= 845 litres/min. 0.2 bar
Friction loss = 0.2 x Equivalent length
3. First Estimate of Generator Requirements 100
= 0.2 x 35.9
At an inlet pressure of 7 bar the Angus HBPG 900 has a 100
foam solution capacity of 900 litres/min. = 0.072 bar
4. Foam Inlets 80mm Manifold

From Graph 4.5: Friction loss against flow for an 80mm
a) Number required: One (refer Para. 4.4.4). pipe.
b) Diameter Friction loss per 100m @ 3600 litres/min.
Maximum inlet velocity: 3.05 metres/second 5.0 bar
(refer Para. 4.4.7). Friction loss = 5.0 x Equivalent length
Minimum pipe diameter (see Fig. 4.8) 100
= Actual foam solution flow x 5.275 = 5.0 x 7.7
Number of inlets 100
= 900 x 5.275 = 0.39 bar
1 Total Friction Loss = 0.072 + 0.39 bar
= 158mm = 0.47 bar
Therefore, the existing product line of 250mm will be
suitable as the foam inlet. 7. Total System Back Pressure
(See Para. 4.4.10) = Product static head +

5. Foam Line pipework friction loss
a) Diameter Fuel head = Maximum fuel depth x fuel
Product line is 250mm and therefore suitable as the S.G. x 0.098
foam line. = 9.15 x 0.72 x 0.098
= 0.65 bar

FIXED ROOF TANK
DIAMETER 16.2m
HEIGHT 9.2m
BUND WALL
B CONNECTION FOR
1 HBPG 900
GENERATOR
PRODUCT LINE
250mm
Fig 4.15 Example 1
Alternatively, static heads may be obtained directly from Foam compound

Graph 4.3 therefore quantity = solution flow x induction rate x
55 mins.
Total back pressure = 0.47 + 0.65 bar
= 900 x 3% x 55
= 1.12 bar
= 1485 litres
8. Inlet Pressure +3% foam in line = 1530 litres
Inlet pressure = 2.5 x Total back pressure or

b) For supplementary protection:
7 bar (whichever is the greater)
Foam compound for 20 minutes running is required
= 2.5 x 1.12 or 7 bar (whichever is
the greater) Foam compound
Therefore Inlet pressure = 7 bar quantity = solution flow x induction rate
x 20
9. Confirmation of Back Pressure Generator Selection = 225 x 3% x 20
= 135 litres
Selection at Stage 3 was made at 7 bar and is therefore still
valid.
c) Total requirement = foam for base injection + foam
for supplementary protection
10. Supplementary Protection
1530 litres + 135 litres
(Refer Para. 4.4.12) = 1665 litres
One branchpipe outlet is required with foam concentrate

General Comments on Foam Line Arrangement
for 20 minutes running.
The product inlet valve at A must be open during foam
11. Foam Concentrate Requirements generation and a 45º lateral should be fitted at B and valved
with 80mm bore stop and non-return valves, terminating in a
a) For base injection
64mm instantaneous coupling.
Foam compound for 55 minutes running is required at
maximum flow. Drain points and foam test outlets should be fitted if required.

EXAMPLE 2 Calculations
Tank Specifications 1. Fuel Surface Area
Specific Gravity of 0.72 π x diameter2

4
Product Petrol Petrol Petrol
Tank A Tank B Tank C
π x 34.22 π x 19.52 π x 12.22
Tank diameter 34.2m 19.50m 12.20m
4 4 4
Tank height 25.0m 9.15m 9.15m
= 918m2 299m2 117m2
Maximum product depth 23.5m 8.20m 8.20m
Product inlet diameters 300mm 250mm 200mm
2. Foam Solution Application Rate
Layout Minimum solution rate

= 4.1 litres/min/m2 of tank area
The three tanks are assumed to be part of a larger system and
Solution rate
due to the complex valving and pipework systems, a separate
foam system is preferred. This could entail either completely
= 3772 l/min. 1226 l/min. 480 l/min.
separate systems for each tank or a separate line to each tank
from a central terminal point. In this instance it is assumed that
3. First Estimate of Generator Requirements
only one hydrant position is available and the latter system has
at 7 bar
been chosen to centre round this. Where two inlets per tank
are required, either a single line to each tank, dividing within Tank A : 1 x HBPG 2250 + 1 x HBPG 1900
the bund area or two completely separate foam lines may be = 4150 litres/min. (3772 required)
used.
Tank B : 1 x HBPG 1400
= 1400 litres/min. (1226 required)
Tank C : 1 x HBPG 900

= 900 litres/min. (480 required)
6.1m x 250 mm 55.7mm x 200mm

(ORIGINAL DESIGN
150mm)
TANK B TANK C
DIAMETER 19.5m DIAMETER 12.2m
TANK A
HEIGHT 9.15m HEIGHT 9.15m
DIAMETER 34.2m
HEIGHT 25m
34.4m x FOAM
200mm CARRYING
FOAM CARRYING
(ORIGINAL PRODUCT LINE
PRODUCT LINE
DESIGN 6.1m x 250mm
6m x 300mm
150mm) FOAM
CARRYING
300mm PRODUCT
LINE 5m x
250mm
40.5m x 200mm 18.3m x 150mm 48.8m x 100mm
BUND WALL
A B C
PRODUCT LINE PRODUCT LINE
HBPG 2250
HBPG 1400
HBPG 1900
HBPG 900
MANIFOLD
Fig 4.16 Example 2

(Alternatively if the solution inlet pressure is specified, the Tank B
flow rates at that pressure should be used when selecting
a) Number required : One
generators).
b) Minimum diameter = 1400 x 5.275
1
4. Foam Inlets
= 197mm
Tank A
a) Number required: Two (refer Para. 4.4.4).
suitable as the foam inlet.
b) Diameter (refer Para. 4.4.7)
Maximum inlet velocity is 3.05 metres per second as
Tank C
the product is volatile.
Minimum pipe diameter (see Fig. 4.8) a) Number required: One
= Actual foam solution flow x 5.275 b) Minimum diameter = 900 x 5.275
Number of inlets 1
= 4150 x 5.275 = 158mm
2
= 240mm Therefore, the existing product line of 250 mm will be
suitable as the foam inlet.
suitable as one of the foam inlets.
6.1m x 250mm
55.7m x 200mm
[E]
(ORIGINAL DESIGN
150mm)
[F]
TANK A
DIAMETER 34.2m
HEIGHT 25m
[D]
FOAM CARRYING 34.4m x 200mm
PRODUCT LINE 6m (ORIGINAL DESIGN
150mm)
[C]
300mm
[B]
40.5m x 200mm
BUND WALL
A B C
PRODUCT LINE
HBPG 2250
[A] HBPG 1400
HBPG 1900
HBPG 900
MANIFOLD
Fig 4.17 Example 2 – Tank A

5. Foam Line 16600 litres/
min. 200mm bore pipeline 40.5m
In this installation it is decided to use a foam line of the
(total finished 2 x 90° bends 8.0m
minimum possible diameter, for cost considerations,
foam to tank) 3 x gate valves 4.8m
increasing to the inlet diameters calculated above, prior to
[A] – [B] 2 x 45º bends 3.8m
the tank shell. (See Para. 4.4.7).
TOTAL 57.1m
The maximum acceptable velocity in the foam line is 9.15
8300 litres/min. 150mm bore pipeline 55.7m
metres/second.
1 x 90° bend 31 m
Therefore, to calculate the minimum pipe diameters, refer [B] – [E] 1 x non-return valve 12.2m
to Fig. 4.18. TOTAL 71.0m
Tank A 8300 litres/min. 250mm bore pipeline 6.1 m

1 x gate valve 1.9m
i) All foam in one line = 4150 x 3.046
[E] – [F] 1 x 90° bend 5.2m
1
TOTAL 13.2m
= 196mm minimum
Check second inlet line to ensure frictional loss similar to
ii) Half the design foam quantity in one line above.
= 4150 x 3.046
1
1 x tee 4.9m
= 139mm minimum
[B] – [C] 1 x non-return valve 12.2m
1 x 45° bend 1.6m
Therefore, from the above calculations, the first
TOTAL 53.1m
estimate of pipe diameters to Tank A as shown in
Fig.4.17 are determined as: 8300 litres/min. 300mm bore pipeline 6.0m
1 x gate valve 2.2m
Tank B = 1400 x 3.046 [C] – [D] 1 x 90° bend 6.4m
1 TOTAL 14.6m
= 114mm minimum
200mm bore @ 16600 litres/min. — 57.1m

Tank C = 900 x 3.046
1
= 91 mm minimum
Foam line diameters are therefore based on these

[ 150mm bore @ 8300 litres/min. — 53.1m
300mm bore @ 8300 litres/min. — 14.6m ]
figures, rounded up to the nearest suitable pipe size.
Tank B
6. Friction Loss
Maximum loss in new inlet line (using 1 x HBPG 1400. Foam
Referring to Fig. 4.16 for basic dimensions and numbers expansion 4:1).
of bends in the proposed arrangement and to Fig. 4.10 to
obtain the equivalent lengths of straight pipe:
4 x 45° bends 6.4m
2 x 90° bends 6.2m
Tank A
2 x gate valves 2.4m
Maximum loss is in new inlet line (using 1 x HBPG 2250 and 1 x non-return valve 12.2m
1 x HBPG 1900. Foam expansion 4:1). TOTAL 45.5m
PIPE RUN FOAM FLOW (4:1 EXPANSION) MINIMUM CALCULATED NEXT LARGEST STANDARD PIPE
DIAMETER DIAMETER
[A] — [B] 16600 litres/mm 196mm 200mm
[B] — [C] 8300 litres/mm 139mm 150mm
[C] — [D] 8300 litres/mm 240mm 300mm (set)
[B] — [E] 8300 litres/mm 139mm 150mm
[E] — [F] 8300 litres/mm 240mm 250mm
Fig 4.18

5400 litres/min. 250mm bore pipeline 5.0m a) Increasing foam line diameters.
1 x 45° bend 2.2m or
TOTAL 72m b) Changing layout to reduce foam line
or a combination of both.
9. Revised Friction Loss Calculation for Tank A
Tank C To reduce the required inlet pressure at the HBPG to 7 bar
it is necessary to reduce the total system back pressure to
(Using 1 x HBPG 900. Foam expansion 4:1).
2.8 bar. (7 ÷ 2.5).
3600 litres/mm. 100mm bore pipeline 48.8m
1 x non-return valve 7.7m With the static head at 1.3 bar, the pipework friction losses
2 x gate valves 1.2m must be reduced from 1.9 bar to 1.5 bar.
2 x 90° bends 5.0m
To obtain the required reduction it may be necessary to
4 x 45° bends 5.2m
increase the pipe diameter of only part of the system. The
TOTAL 67.9m
decision will normally be based on the most economic
option.
3600 litres/min. 250mm bore pipeline 6.1 m
i) Refer to Fig. 4.17. [B] — [E]
1 x gate valve 1.9m
1 x 45° bend 2.2m Currently: 150mm bore pipeline 55.7m
TOTAL 10.2m 1 x 90º bend 3.1 m
1 x non-return valve 12.2m
TOTAL 71.0m
250mm bore @ 3600 litres/min. — 10.2m Friction loss @ 8300 l/m 1.1 bar per 100m
= 0.78 bar
From Graphs 4.4, 4.5 and 4.6, the friction loss in bar is If [B] — [E] is replaced with 200mm bore pipeline
obtained. 200mm bore pipeline 55.7m
1 x 90º bend 4.0m
Tank A: 1.3 bar 1 x non-return valve 15.3m
Tank B: 0.4 bar TOTAL 75.0m
Tank C: 0.7 bar
Friction loss @ 8300 l/m 0.5 bar per 100m
= 0.38 bar
7. Total System Back Pressure
(See Para 4.4.10). Check similar frictional losses in second inlet line to
= Product static head + pipework friction loss. maintain similar flow rates at both inlets.
Fuel head = maximum fuel depth x fuel S.G.
x 0.098 ii) [B] — [C]
Therefore, refer to Fig 4.19. Currently: 150mm bore pipeline 34.4m
1 x tee 4.9m
8. HBPG Inlet Pressure 1 x non-return valve 12.2m
1 x 45º bend 1.6m
= 2.5 x maximum system back pressure 0R 7 bar
TOTAL 53.1m
(whichever is the greater).
Friction loss @ 8300 l/m 1.1 bar/100m
Therefore minimum inlet pressure is 8 bar.
= 0.59 bar
If the required minimum inlet pressure of 8 bar is not
available, the system should be reconfigured by either:
STATIC HEAD FRICTION LOSS MAX. SYSTEM BACK PRESSURE

TANK A 1.66 bar 1.3 bar 2.96 bar
TANK B 0.6 bar 0.4 bar 1.0 bar
TANK C 0.6 bar 0.7 bar 1.3 bar
NOTE: Static heads may also be obtained from Graph 4.3
Fig 4.19

If [B] — [C] is also replaced with 200 mm bore pipeline General Comments
200mm bore pipeline 34.4m
Product inlet valves on all tanks should be locked open, as
1 x tee 5.8m
should the stop valves on the foam inlets on Tanks A and B.
1 x non-return valve 15.3m
1 x 45º bend 1.9m Minor differences in flow between two foam inlet lines, as used
TOTAL 57.4m in Tank A are ignored. The foam flows are dependent upon the
back pressure in each line, which in these cases is very similar,
Friction loss @ 8300 l/m 0.5 bar/100m
the only difference being due to variations in friction loss.
= 0.29 bar
Drain points and foam test outlets should be fitted as required.
Therefore, by increasing sections [B] — [E] and [B]
— [C] from 150 mm to 200 mm diameter pipe, the
following friction loss reductions will be obtained:
150mm 200 mm Reduction

[B] — [E] 0.78 bar 0.38 bar 0.4 bar
[B] — [C] 0.59 bar 0.29 bar 0.3 bar
Reduction in longest line: 0.4 bar
The maximum System Back Pressure for Tank A then

becomes:
Static head (1.66 bar) + friction loss (0.9 bar)

= 2.56 bar
The minimum HBPG inlet pressure is then 7 bar.
10. Confirmation of HBPG Selection
Selection at stage 3 was made at 7 bar and is therefore still

valid.
Note: If the inlet pressure to the generators had been increased
due to back pressure considerations (see above), then
the increased flow rate through each generator might
have altered the selection for the most economical
arrangement.
11. Supplementary Protection
(Refer Para. 4.4.12).

NFPA 11 requires that where a number of risks are to be
protected, the selection of equipment must be based
upon the largest tank.
Therefore, 2 x Angus AF 120 units are required.
12. Foam Concentrate Requirements
(Refer Para. 4.4.6).
a) For base injection

= Actual foam solution flow x induction rate
x running time which for Tank A
= 4150 x 3% x 55
= 6848 litres
+ 3% foam in line
= 7060 litres
b) For supplementary protection

= 450 x 3% x 30
= 405 litres
TOTAL REQUIREMENT = 7465 litres

1
8
S E C T I O N F I V E
Oil & Chemical Carriers, Jetties & Docks
Oil Tankers and Chemical Cargo Ships Section 5.1 Page 5.3
Dangerous Goods Cargo Ships Section 5.2 Page 5.9
Jetty Terminals and Marine Docks Section 5.3 Page 5.13
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION FIVE PAGE 5. 1

PAGE 5. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION FIVE
S E C T I O N F I V E
Oil & Chemical Carriers, Jetties & Docks
5.1 OIL TANKERS AND CHEMICAL CARGO SHIPS
5.1.1 Introduction
The protection of oil tankers and chemical cargo ships by The recommendations and guidelines of each of the above
means of fixed fire fighting foam systems can be divided into may vary considerably even when concerning the same
two distinct categories: hazard. However, most countries now conform to the
International Maritime Organisation Regulations, which we
a) Fixed foam installations to protect cargo tanks deck area,
would recommend and are principally adopted here as follows:
and
z IMO International Code for Fire Safety Systems (FSS Code).
b) Fixed foam installations to protect machinery spaces.
z IMO Amendments to the International Convention for the
It is important to identify which particular system we are
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
concerned with as cargo deck protection will usually be
designed around low expansion foam monitors, whilst a variety z IMO International Bulk Chemicals Code.
of options exist for under deck protection, which can include
z IMO International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code.
fixed high expansion or low expansion foam systems, or fixed
water spraying fire extinguishing systems, which includes z IMO EmS Guide: Emergency Response Procedures for ships
water mist and waterspray deluge systems. Fixed gaseous carrying Dangerous Goods.
extinguishing systems are permitted, but these are not covered
z Lloyds Register of Shipping – Rules and Regulations for the
in this Foam Systems Design Manual (Consult Angus Fire
Classification of Ships.
Engineering for advice).
z UK HSE Bulk transfer of dangerous liquids and gases
The design guidelines and equipment requirements for each
between ship and shore, HSG 186.
category are determined by a number of internationally
recognised authorities. These include: In accordance with the above IMO Regulations, there are
several minor differences in terms of overall fixed foam system
z United States Coast Guard
design between that required for an oil tanker and that for a
z Swedish Administration of Shipping and Navigation chemical cargo vessel. However, we have grouped the two
vessel classifications together when considering fixed foam
z Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
system design for either deck or machinery space protection
z Lloyds Register of Shipping and have outlined, where necessary, the major differences
which occur between them.
z International Maritime Organisation (IMO)
Dangerous goods cargo ships are generally treated separately
z UK Department of Trade
in section 5.2 below.
z UK Heath and Safety Executive (HSE)
5.1.2 Deck Foam Systems
It is recommended that the primary deck protection 5.1.2.1 Cargo Tanks Deck Area - System Design
mechanism for a vessel carrying flammable liquids as part
It is an essential design feature that when foam monitors are
of its cargo, should always be the installation of a fixed low
used in the protection of oil tankers and chemical cargo ships,
expansion foam monitor system permanently installed on
they are positioned to ensure all areas of the deck are readily
the ship’s deck. The correctly designed and installed system
accessible to the foam stream. To satisfy this requirement, often
must ensure rapid knockdown of any fires that may occur on
the simplest solution is to position monitors in a single line,
any part of the exposed cargo tanks deck structure. Sufficient
along the centre of the ship’s deck and, in practice, this is how
quantities of foam concentrate must be available to protect
most fixed foam monitors have been installed. See Fig. 5.1.
the entire tanks deck area, as well as into any other cargo tank
with a ruptured deck. Consideration should also be given Foam solution from the fixed foam system shall be delivered
to replenishing these foam stocks, possibly more than once, to the cargo tanks deck area by a permanently installed low
during a difficult voyage. expansion (LEX) foam monitor(s) system and associated low
expansion foam branchpipes. In all situations at least 50% of
the foam solution supplied shall be delivered by each monitor,
so at least 2 monitors are required.

Fig. 5.1 Typical Example of Monitor Installation on an Oil Tanker
The individual performance capability of each monitor along a sufficient source and quantity of foam concentrate is
the ship’s length, may vary due to rated monitor capacity, permanently available.). Each of these hand held foam
wind and sea spray effects, and available mains water or foam branchpipes must be located so that any part of the cargo
solution pressure. Therefore the distance from the farthest tanks deck area can be within reach of at least two units
extremity being protected by a monitor, forward of the simultaneously. The reason for having additional low expansion
monitor, must be no more than 75% of the maximum throw foam branchpipes is their flexibility during fire fighting
capable from that monitor in still air conditions. The capacity of operations, and their ability to gain access to areas that could
any monitor must be at least 3L/min of foam solution per m2 of otherwise be screened from the foam monitors trajectory.
cargo deck area being protected in front of that monitor and
Careful consideration must be given to the number, length,
its flow rate must be no less than 1,250L/min.
diameter, type, reliability and physical properties of the chosen
Isolation valves must be provided in the foam concentrate fire hose used, so that these requirements can be achieved
main, and fire main when it forms part of the deck monitor satisfactorily. An ideal fire hose would be the world’s favourite
system, immediately in front of every monitor, to isolate Duraline which is a wipe dry, lightweight, flexible and durable
sections of the main pipeline which may become damaged, hose offering minimised pressure losses, reduced kinking at
without losing fire water or foam solution pressure. low operating pressures (below 5 bar) and excellent resistance
to heat, wear, oils and chemicals attack. Fire hose is a lifeline
The main control and monitoring station for the deck foam
for firefighting personnel and if chosen wisely, can significantly
system must be positioned as far as is practicable away from
reduce the risk of failure during an emergency.
the cargo tanks area, but adjacent to the accommodation area
so that it is readily accessible and operable in the minimum On oil tankers below 4,000 tonnes deadweight it is possible
time. This suggests that a remote controlled monitor system is to use only foam making branchpipes, although it is
appropriate and provides optimum operational flexibility, plus recommended that adequate foam monitors are installed.
a safe operating position for firefighting personnel. It should Where only foam making branchpipes are used, at least 25%
be noted that manually operated monitors are likely to be of the minimum foam solution flow rate must be available
precluded from adjustment during a fire, in the interests of through each branchpipe, so at least 4 units will be required.
personnel safety.
The capacity of any branchpipe or applicator on ship must be
The IMO regulations also specify that a foam monitor and foam at least 400L/min flow with a minimum throw of 15m in still air
making branchpipe connection should be positioned both conditions. A minimum of 4 branchpipes must be provided on
port and starboard in front of the poop or accommodation any tanker, with adequate quantity of wipe dry (Duraline) fire
spaces and facing the cargo tank deck area. These branchpipes hoses to reach all parts of the cargo deck area.
should either be connected to a suitable foam solution supply
or alternatively may be a self inducing model (provided

Determining the exact number and size of individual monitors excludes the outdated regular protein foam. This will generally
to be installed on a ship, depends on the monitor performance require an AR-FFFP or AR-AFFF type foam concentrate. The
and minimum foam solution rates required by the cargo deck minimum rate of supply of foam solution shall be the greater
area. of the following:
Where flammable cargoes are being carried, all forms of either (i) 2 litres/min/m2 of cargo tanks deck area, where
ignition will be excluded from hazardous areas, unless cargo tanks deck area means the maximum
electrical devices are adequately protected to IEC requirements breadth of the ship multiplied by the total length
(International Electrotechnical Commission 60092 502). of the cargo tank spaces.
or (ii) 20 litres/min/m2 of the horizontal sectional area of

5.1.2.2 Minimum Foam Solution Application Rates
the single tank having the largest cross-sectional
The minimum foam solution application rates for oil tankers such area (the largest single tank by capacity
and bulk chemical cargo ships, differ under IMO requirements or height may not have the largest horizontal
as follows: sectional area).
or (iii) 10 litres/min/m2 of the area protected by the

a) Oil and Petroleum Product Tankers
largest monitor, where that area is entirely forward
In this context “tanker” refers to a cargo vessel or other ship, of the monitor, but not less than 1,250L/min.
which has been specifically constructed or adapted for the
Foam solution from the fixed foam system shall be supplied
transportation of bulk flammable liquid cargoes.
by a permanently installed foam monitor and associated low
The minimum rate of application of foam solution shall be the expansion foam branchpipe. Consideration must be given
greater of the following: to choosing a suitable foam type to meet the full range of
chemicals being carried including any polar solvents, which is
either (i) 0.6 litres/min/m2 of cargo tanks deck area, where
likely to be an Alcohol Resistant(AR) type, either an AR-FFFP or
cargo tanks deck area means the maximum
AR-AFFF. These polar solvent chemicals are foam destructive
breadth of the ship multiplied by the total length
of standard foams like FP, AFFF and FFFP, so a special AR type is
of the cargo tank spaces.
required.
or (ii) 6 litres/min/m2 of the horizontal sectional area of
In all situations a minimum of 50% of the foam solution
the single tank having the largest cross-sectional
required above must be available from each monitor. The
such area (the largest single tank by capacity
capacity from each monitor must be at least 10 litres/min/
or height may not have the largest horizontal
m2 of deck area that monitor is protecting , but not less than
sectional area).
1250 litres/min. For chemical cargo ships below 4,000 tonnes
or (iii) 3 litres/min/m2 of the area being protected by deadweight , this monitor flow rate may be reduced if it
the largest monitor, all that area being forward of satisfies the Administration (Government of the State whose
the monitor which must have a flow greater than flag the ship is entitled to fly), effectively the Authority having
1250L/min. Jurisdiction .
Sufficient foam concentrate must be available to operate the The distance from the monitor to the farthest protected area
foam monitor system for 30 minutes, unless the cargo tanks forward of the monitor must not be more than 75% of the
have fixed inert gas systems installed, in which case foam monitor’s actual throw in still air conditions.
system operation can be reduced to 20 minutes.
Ships fitted with bow or stern loading will require one
Expansion ratio of these LEX foam monitors and branchpipes additional foam monitor meeting these requirements, and
should generally be 12:1 or less. Should they exceed 12:1 one additional foam branchpipe to protect the cargo line area
slightly, the quantity of foam must still be calculated as if it foreward or aft of the cargo area.
were delivering 12:1.
c) Dangerous Goods Cargo Ships
Having established the individual monitor capacities and
operating pressures required to meet the minimum foam Any cargo spaces must be protected with a fixed carbon
solution application rate, a calculation should be made to dioxide system where the cargo areas must have a minimum
ensure that the IMO regulations are being met. free gas equivalent to 30% of the gross volume of the largest
cargo space to be protected on the ship with 85% of the gas
b) Chemical Cargo Ships delivered into the space within 2 minutes, and meeting all
other requirements of the FSS Code.
The International Bulk Chemical Code (IBC) applies to bulk
cargoes of dangerous chemical substances which either have An alternative gas inerting fire extinguishing system or other
a significant fire hazard in excess of petroleum products and fire extinguishing system complying with the FSS Code are
similar flammable substances, or have permitted, if considered to provide equivalent or better
extinguishing capability for the cargoes carried than CO2, by
specific dangers in addition to, or other than, their flammability.
the Administration.
A single foam concentrate must be chosen that addresses as
many as possible (ideally all) cargo hazards being carried, but

d) Siderail protection gas installation is fitted, then the foam storage tank should
be increased to allow a minimum of 30 minutes of foam
For situations where an oscillating water jet is required to either
generation.
wash spillages off the decks and overboard without adhering
to the side of the ship, or reducing the risk of unwelcome b) Chemical Cargo Ships
visitors boarding, a quick to deploy specialized Marine Security
Sufficient foam concentrate should be available to operate the
Monitor may be required. This automatic oscillating monitor
foam system at the minimum foam solution application rates
has dual jet nozzles oscillated by a water pelton wheel device.
stipulated in 5.1.2.2 for a minimum of 30 minutes of continuous
Nozzles can be angled close in to the ship’s side to deliver
foam generation.
a strong jet of seawater along the side of the ship. It can be
quickly deployed and attached by clamps to the ships rail. To prevent the loss of either foam concentrate, mains water or
foam solution through damage to the pipework/valves and the
5.1.2.3 Operating Time – Foam Monitors subsequent resulting loss of operating time, valves should be
provided as an integral part of a foam system and they should
A correctly designed fixed foam monitor system should have
be fitted immediately forward of any monitor position to
sufficient foam concentrate available to
isolate a damaged section of pipe.
operate the system for the following minimum discharge
Consideration should be given to certain cargoes which will
duration times:
require protection additional to the installation of a fixed foam
a) Oil and Petroleum Product Tankers monitor system (i.e. waterspray, dry chemical powder, inert
gas installation etc.). Specific details should be obtained from
When fitted with an inert gas installation and discharging
a recognised authority before any design considerations are
the minimum foam solution application rates stipulated in
undertaken (Consult Angus Fire Engineering for assistance).
section 5.1.2.2., the foam store should allow a minimum of 20
minutes of continuous foam generation. However, if no inert
5.1.3 Foam Concentrate Induction
The IMO regulations for both oil tankers and chemical cargo c) Using a Balanced Pressure Foam Proportioner
ships offer sufficient flexibility to enable alternative forms of
An alternative is to use a foam solution line running parallel to
foam concentrate induction mechanisms to be considered for
the water main and fitted with the necessary shut off valves
any fixed foam deck system.
to allow discharge of either foam solution or water. In this
instance constant flow maric valves will not be necessary
5.1.3.1 Induction Options
as the monitor station (or branchpipe) is supplied directly
Determining the correct system for an individual vessel will with the correctly induced foam concentrate . Such a system
depend upon many factors including monitor type, monitor would therefore depend on a method of supplying accurately
maneuverability, monitor performance, existing pipework, cost induced foam concentrate into a variable mains water flow,
etc. However, the alternatives available are: which can be achieved using a BPP Balanced Pressure Foam
Proportioner (see Section 2). The complete system is provided
a) Pressurised Foam Concentrate
by a BPP skid which will consist of a suitable BPP, foam
The first method to be considered is provision of a dedicated concentrate storage tank, foam pump and ancillary pipework.
foam concentrate that runs parallel to the and water mains The correctly designed unit would usually be positioned at
along the length of the cargo deck. Induction is then achieved main deck level in the vicinity of the crew’s quarters. Its major
by injecting foam concentrate directly into the water line at the advantage is its versatility and flexibility in being able to satisfy
monitor or foam making branchpipe via a constant flow ‘maric’ a wide range of variations in foam solution demand which
valve (see Section 2). This method will require a suitable foam should cover from a single monitor operating to all monitors
concentrate pump and foam concentrate storage tank located and branchpipes operating.
away from the cargo tanks deck area. Its major cost benefit is
that it requires relatively small narrow bore piping to deliver
the pressurised foam concentrate to each individual monitor
station.
b) Fixed Inductor
A fixed in-line foam inductor may be a suitable alternative

(see section 2), if there is sufficient water pressure to allow
a 40% reduction through the inductor to pick-up the foam
concentrate and still permit satisfactory operation of the foam
monitor(s).

5.1.4 Foam Monitors for Deck Protection
The application of a low expansion finished foam to a cargo foam concentrate does not have to be pumped at high
deck is best achieved using either the HM80 Hand Monitor pressure since the foam is being delivered directly into a
coupled with a suitable capacity foam making cannon or, negative pressure area. Foam concentrate supply pressure
should geared monitors be preferred, then the Titan Foam should therefore be a minimum of 1 bar. The constant
Water Monitors should be selected. The FWM range of geared flow maric valve is required to meter the correct volume of
monitors can be supplied with foam cannon and water foam concentrate into the mains water supply for correct
nozzle fitted with a changeover valve or alternatively with operation at the normal monitor operating pressure.
the foam cannon alone. Further versatility is offered by either
(iii) Titan Foam Water Monitor with Non Self Inducing Cannon
self inducing or non self inducing versions being available.
Effective overall protection will therefore be obtained on the Similar to using an HM80 and suitable foam cannon, the
following basis: foam concentrate is pumped directly into the main riser
pipe feeding the foam water monitor via a constant flow
a) Using Pressurised Foam Concentrate as the Induction maric valve. It will be necessary in this instance for the self
Mechanism inducing connection of the foam cannon to be blanked
off. Foam concentrate supply pressure will again be
(i) HM80 Hand or Titan Monitor complete with suitable foam
approximately 1 bar over the maximum expected mains
cannon
water pressure supplying the monitor.
Using a dedicated foam concentrate line running parallel
to the water main, allows foam concentrate to can be b) Using a Balanced Pressure Foam Proportioner as the
pumped into the main riser pipe feeding the HM80 or induction mechanism
Titan Monitor via a maric valve. Foam concentrate supply
Foam concentrate pumped to a Balance Pressure Proportioner
pressure should be approximately 1 bar over the maximum
via a Balance Valve, ensures the correct foam solution mix is
expected water pressure.
produced upstream of the Monitor, so either this premixed
(ii) Titan Foam Water Monitor with Self Inducing Cannon foam solution can be provided in a separate line running
parallel to the water main, or directly to the main pipe feeding
Foam concentrate should be pumped straight into the
the monitor. In either case the HM80 or Titan complete with
venturi in the barrel, where the pick up tube would
foam cannon, (non self inducing version) can be installed with
normally be fitted, after first passing through a constant
an adequate foam supply.
flow ‘maric’ valve. The advantage of this method is that the
5.1.5 Cargo Pump Rooms
These areas must be protected by either: b) or a fixed high expansion system providing that the foam
concentrate supplied is suitable for extinguishing fires in
a) a fixed carbon dioxide (CO2) inerting gas system (preferred)
the cargoes the vessel is carrying.
operated from an easily accessible position outside the
pump room with a notice that due to electrostatic hazards c) or a pressurised fixed water-spraying fire extinguishing
this system is only to be used for fire extinguishing not system.
inerting purposes. The audible warning alarms provided
The system chosen should also be suitable for machinery
to permit evacuation must be safe and suitable for use in
spaces, and meet the requirements of the FSS Code.
this potentially flammable atmosphere. The amount of gas
carried shall be equivalent to that which would provide
45% free gas in the gross volume of the cargo pump room.
5.1.6 Machinery Spaces
The recommended fixed foam installation as detailed in the (i) Oil fired boilers for fuel units.
relevant IMO regulations will vary according to the contents
(ii) Internal combustion machinery.
of the specific machinery area and the preferred method of
extinguishment. Thus, the assessment of machinery spaces (iii) Steam turbines or enclosed steam engines.
such as boiler rooms and other specialised machinery areas, as
(iv) Other machinery spaces where a fire hazard exists for
potentially hazardous spaces will alter depending on whether
which no specific provisions apply.
they contain the following:
If the engine room and boiler room containing oil fired boilers
or oil fired units are not completely separated, or if fuel oil

can drain from the boiler room into the engine room, the (iii) Fixed water spray or water mist pressurized fire
combined engine room and boiler room must be considered extinguishing system (see Section 7 – for water mist
as a single compartment, and protected accordingly. consult Angus Fire Engineering).
Protection of these machinery spaces will vary according to Whilst considerations of most of these different types of system
the vessel’s design and the preference of the Administration. can be found within the pages of this manual, discussion and
However, they should be based on one of the following recommendations on the correct means of protection should
systems complying with the detailed requirements of the FSS be obtained, either by reference to the correct section of the
Code: IMO Regulations (SOLAS, FSS code etc.) or by consultation
directly with Angus Fire Engineering.
(i) Fixed gas fire extinguishing system (Consult Angus Fire
Engineering)
(ii) Fixed high expansion foam extinguishing system (see

Section 6).

5.2 DANGEROUS GOODS CARGO SHIPS
Dangerous goods are classified under United Nations (UN) Within each class, chemicals are given a unique 4 digit UN
into 9 classes, which are used and recognised by all forms of number and a Proper Shipping Name (PSN). Kerosene for
transport, whether road, air, rail or sea: example is identified in the International Maritime Dangerous
Goods (IMDG) Code as UN1223 and PSN Kerosene. This allows
z Class 1 Explosives
rapid and precise identification during transportation, and
z Class 2 Gases ensures the correct procedures are followed in the event of
leakage, spillage, or other emergency like fire.
z Class 3 Flammable liquids
z Class 4 Flammable solids
z Class 5 Oxidising substances and organic peroxides
z Class 6 Toxic and infectious substances
z Class 7 Radioactive materials
z Class 8 Corrosive substances
z Class 9 Miscellaneous dangerous goods and articles
5.2.1 General provisions
Usually any spillages on deck are washed overboard using Emergency procedures must take into account the resulting
large amounts of water through jet/spray nozzles from as far effect of the dangerous goods coming into contact with the
away as possible, in case they are reactive with water. Special environment (oxygen, rain or sea water, sunlight, temperature,
provisions apply to toxic and infectious substances (advising wind etc).
public health and veterinary authorities and quarantining
Flammable, corrosive or toxic vapours under deck in cargo
ships personnel), and radioactive materials which must be
spaces should be dispersed by emergency ventilation. Care
handled according to the International Atomic Energy Agency
should be taken with mechanical ventilation systems that no
(IAEA) document TS-G-1.2(ST-3) “Planning and Preparing
possibility for ignition of vapours exists from their operation.
for Emergency Response to Transport Accidents involving
Radioactive Materials”.
5.2.2 Special precautions
Special precautions in case of spillage or fire are defined for gases are heavier than air.
most classes in the IMDG code and its emergency schedules
z Prevent leaking gases from entering any other parts of the
contained within the EmS Guide: Emergency Response
ship.
Procedures for ships carrying Dangerous Goods.
z Entry to areas where suspected leakage has occurred,
Class 1 Explosives should not be attempted without breathing apparatus and
adequate personal protective equipment.
z Avoid possible ignition from sources adjacent to the
storage area. z Leakage from pressurized containers containing flammable
gases could lead to explosive mixtures with air, which if
z Provide an adequate fire detection system in the cargo
ignited could lead to explosion and fire.
area.
z Fire in these storage areas is likely to increase pressure
z Avoid maintenance in the cargo area and adjacent areas
within the storage cylinders or containers as they are
while the cargo is being stored and/or transported.
heated until they rupture, rocket or explode. Keeping
z Remove heat quickly with the largest amounts of water as them as cool as possible with watersprays is therefore very
quickly as possible, if any stored material should catch fire. important.
z Care must be taken as some materials in this class become

Class 3 Flammable liquids
unstable as they dry out, once wetted.
z Flammable liquids give off flammable vapours which could
Class 2 Gases be explosive when mixed with air. Any vapour ignition
could lead to “flash-back” to the liquid storage area.
z Provide effective ventilation, with consideration that some

z Ensure adequate ventilation to prevent vapour Class 6 Toxic substances
accumulation.
z These substances may be toxic or infectious (even after
z It is dangerous to aim a jet of water at a burning flammable involvement in a fire). Breathing apparatus and adequate
liquid, it sprays burning fuel into other areas and the PPE is essential when responding to any incident.
burning liquid floats on water moving flames quickly into
other areas. Class 7 Radioactive materials
z Cooling water sprays on containers can help prevent z The radioactive content of excepted, industrial and type A
rupture, but a gently applied aspirated low expansion packages are so restricted that in the event of any accident
(LEX) foam blanket from a foam branchpipe(s) is best to or packaging damage there is a high probability that any
extinguish these fires. material released would not give rise to such a radiological
hazard that it would hamper the firefighting or rescue
z An LEX foam blanket can also be applied to a spillage to
operations.
protect the fuel beneath from catching fire and acting as a
vapour barrier reducing evaporation, and reducing the risk z Type B & C packages are designed to be strong enough to
of ignition. withstand serious fire, without significant material release
or dangerous loss of radiation shielding. However cooling
Class 4 Flammable solids with water sprays is recommended.
z These materials easily ignite. z Some materials may have other hazard class labels and
these hazards may be greater than its radiation hazard.
z Some ignite spontaneously on contact with air, or react
Review all hazard labels and treat according to that most
when wet to produce flammable gases.
hazardous to personnel.
z Controlled burning maybe the best answer, particularly if
insufficient dry chemical powder is available to smother Class 8 Corrosive substances
and maintain extinction. Nearby cargo must be cooled
z These are extremely dangerous to personnel, may evolve
with water sprays.
corrosive vapours when heated and could destroy safety
z Some of these materials are self-reactive and stored under equipment. Breathing apparatus and adequate PPE is
cool temperature controlled conditions. Any problems essential when responding to any incident.
with the refrigeration units for these cargoes must be
inspected and rectified urgently. Class 9 Miscellaneous dangerous substances and articles
z A mixed bag of items not fitting into Class 1-8 but

Class 5 Oxidising Substances
presenting some danger, particularly under fire conditions.
z This group are likely to evolve oxygen, so even though not No general guidelines can apply, but care should be taken
involved in a fire, can accelerate a fire in other materials to follow the manufacturer’s advice when dealing with any
eg. paper, wood, packaging etc., making fires difficult to incident.
extinguish.
Marine Pollutants
z Do everything possible to ensure fire does not reach
these substances. If not successful, protect exposures and z Several of these Classes are additionally marine pollutants.
withdraw. In case of leakage resulting from burning cargo one should
be aware that if flushed overboard it will pollute the seas,
z Some of these substances are kept under controlled
and try to avoid this occurring. However it is deemed more
cool conditions to reduce risk of reactions occurring. Any
important to successfully fight the fire on board ship to
problems with the refrigeration units for these cargoes
protect personnel, than to prevent pollution of the sea.
must be inspected and rectified urgently.
5.2.3 Personnel Safety
At all times personnel safety is paramount – think safety first! The Medical First Aid Guide for Use in Accidents involving
Adequate personal protective clothing and equipment (PPE) Dangerous Goods (MFAG) must also be followed in case of any
must be used at all times when inspecting, handling or dealing exposure to dangerous goods, by any personnel.
with emergencies involving Dangerous Goods Cargoes (which
may include chemical suits, breathing apparatus, fire fighting
turnout gear), as defined in the IMDG Code and its EmS Guide.

5.2.4 Firefighting Recommendations
The primary firefighting objective on board ship is to cool and Consideration should be given to the hazards of opening
exclude oxygen from the hazard. This is generally achieved by overheated cargo spaces or freight containers suspected of
using waterspray or gas extinguishing systems. Some burning containing cargoes on fire. There may be low oxygen levels
cargoes will need special firefighting media (eg.dry chemical inside and opening the area could cause a sudden flashback or
powder or foam) to suffocate and extinguish the fire. In these violent intensification of the fire, so cooling the area first, before
circumstances normal firefighting procedures are often closer inspection will help to protect firefighting personnel
impractical, so it is recommended to concentrate on cooling from potential injury and minimize the risk of escalation.
nearby cargoes and ship structures in such cases.
5.2.5 Water provides cooling
Water is the obvious firefighting medium to be used at sea, water, once the area has returned to ambient temperature and
and is recommended in the EmS Guide for most fires involving the risk of fire re-involvement has subsided.
dangerous goods, even though shore based firefighters may
It can be dangerous to direct a water jet at close range onto
use a different medium.
a fire or burning material, as it could spread the fire and
When the fire is under deck, consideration should also be potentially be a danger to any personnel nearby. Nozzles
given to the stability of the ship when flooding cargo holds should always be set to deliver water onto the fire as a spray, to
with water. Consideration should be given to evacuation of this minimize the risk of this hazard occurring.
5.2.6 Reactions with water
Some dangerous goods will react with water chemically, dry chemical powder correctly. If this is the case, applying large
producing toxic and/or flammable gases. The most effective amounts of water may be the most appropriate method to
way to provide extinction in these circumstances is to cover provide an overall cooling effect on the fire and safety for the
them with a dry inert material, like dry chemical powder, firefighter(s), despite the possible production of potentially
although supplies on board may be limited. It may also be noxious gases. However, adequate ventilation, breathing
dangerous to approach these fires close enough to apply the apparatus and PPE must be used.
5.2.7 Rupture risk
Where possible packages should be removed from the area of the substance is not liable to polymerise as this reaction may
the fire, as heated material usually expands potentially causing continue for long periods after the heat source has been
a split in the packaging or rupture of the contents, increasing removed. Where possible cooling should continue for many
the fire intensity. Cooling packages can help reduce this risk. hours until heat evolution has ceased, but a careful watch
should be maintained with due consideration for the stability
Where there is a danger that heat has already started to
of the ship.
cause a chemical or physical change within the dangerous
substance it should not be moved. Care should be taken that
5.2.8 Spillage risk
Spills and leakage of dangerous goods can be very hazardous causing injury to personnel and significant damage to the ship.
for the crew, and the ship. Fire or explosion can cause rupture
Many toxic gases are colourless and odourless and some
of nearby packages or tanks creating spillages. Where a leak
liquids will produce toxic gases when heated. In such an
is discovered the associated hazards must be established
emergency, the ship should be steered to maintain the bridge,
immediately. Where the leak involves Class 2.1 & 3 dangerous
accommodation areas and personnel upwind of the escaping
goods (flammable gases & liquids) crew should withdraw to a
gas.
well protected position as air-vapour mixtures could explode

5.2.9 Fixed gas fire extinguishing systems
Where a gas fire extinguishing system is used for under deck for that space should be achieved. No advantage is gained
incidents all hatches, vents and dampers should be closed and by exceeding this gas volume. Once the fire is extinguished
ventilation systems shut down, before system activation. If the space should remain sealed until it returns to ambient
smoke is seen leaking from any hatches, these leaks should be temperature, which may take a considerable time. Opening the
sealed with any suitable non-flammable materials. area to inspect the fire could result in air reaching the burnt
materials and re-igniting them, so it should remain sealed until
Most of these gas systems use Carbon Dioxide (CO2) but
temperatures have returned to ambient conditions.
some use Nitrogen (N2). The specified volume of gas required
5.2.10 Fixed Waterspray fire extinguishing systems
Some ships may have some cargo spaces fitted with water gases, before firefighters enter to inspect for any small residual
drencher or spray system in place of a fixed gas extinguishing fires that may need extinguishing. Monitor the area until it has
system. After the fire is extinguished and the closed cargo returned to ambient conditions.
space cooled, it should be vented to remove smoke and toxic
5.2.11 Foam
In general foam is used for flammable liquid cargoes and is less

effective on solid materials. Neither Foam systems nor portable
foam application should be used on dangerous goods that
react with water.
5.2.12 Dry Chemical Powder
Application of dry powder may be suitable for water-reactive

substances and some metals, although special metal powders
are recommended in these instances.

5.3 JETTY TERMINALS AND MARINE DOCKS
5.3.1 Introduction
The loading and off-loading of oil tankers and chemical cargo c) The Ship: The foam system should ideally be expected to
ships are highly hazardous operations with a potentially high give limited protection for the oil tankers and chemical
fire risk. The increase in marine transportation of dangerous cargo ships which berth at the jetty side. However, we
and flammable products has significantly increased the must also assume that the ship is itself already adequately
magnitude of this hazard. protected by some recognised method (see Section 5.1)
and this system is responsible for protecting against any
The catalogue of hazards that are involved are many and
incident onboard ship.
various. For instance, the possibilities of ships colliding, not only
with one another, but also with jetties and harbour fronts; the At present there are no formal standards on the design criteria
chances of product/vapour explosions; the problem of product for installing fixed foam systems issued by a recognised
spills and improper cargo transfer, all add to the intrinsic authority, concerning the protection of jetties and marine
hazard of carrying these products. Before being able to make loading terminals, other than the UK’s HSE guidelines in its
any comment on a suitable fixed foam system, we must first “Bulk transfer of dangerous liquids and gases between ship
define the areas in which protection will be required, and then and shore, HSG 186”. The only available alternative is therefore
consider the different equipment that will satisfy the individual to adapt other relevant regulations and apply these as best
application requirements. one can to the particular installation in question. From our
own experiences, we have found that when flammable liquid
We can identify these specific areas as being:
hydrocarbons are involved, the minimum foam solution
a) Jetty Head: the product transfer point or area, i.e. the application rate for any fixed foam monitor system should be
loading arms, pump manifolds, ship and shore manifolds, 6.5 litres/min/m2in or greater.
connection points, full length of any hoses, control rooms
etc.
b) Jetty Frontage: the area of the dock which is to be

protected in the event of a product spillage below
the loading arm level, onto either the lower jetty areas or
the water surface.
5.3.2 Jetty Protection
The most efficient method for protecting means of personnel b) That these are properly remote. It should have no means
escape from the jetty plus the loading arms, manifolds, pumps, of manual override at the monitor station which could, if
control rooms etc, in an incident, has been found to be the left in manual mode, make it impossible to gain remote
use of strategically placed Remote Controlled Foam/Water control of the monitor from a safe area, in the event of a
Monitors (RCMs) with either all electric, electro-hydraulic or all fire.
hydraulic control options. Angus Fire Titan RCMs offer great
Monitors should be capable of delivering at least 1800Litres/
flexibility, are available in either bronze or stainless steel with
min flow and fitted with remote control jet/fog nozzles or
nominal flows up to 30,000 l/min when fitted with jet/spray
aspirating foam cannons fitted with spreaders to allow the
nozzles or aspirating foam cannons.
operator to cover as wide an area as possible. They should
Not only does such a system protect means of escape from the cover the vulnerable locations mentioned above. Where
jetty, control room and the loading arm areas, but it also offers cargoes of crude oil and other flammable liquids are being
some additional fire cover for the vessel should a fire occur loaded/unloaded, foam/water monitors should be provided.
nearby on deck, during the loading or off-loading operation. Aspirated low expansion foam proves the most effective
By careful positioning of a series of RCMs distributed along protection against re-ignition of these fuels, and an AR type
the jetty length, the most vulnerable areas of the jetty can be foam (AR-FFFP or AR-AFFF) is important for polar solvent or
protected. There are a number of important design features to water miscible chemicals like Alcohols. Where maximum
consider for each individual jetty installation. We recommend distance is important a non-aspirating foam spray using
the following: film forming foams like FFFP and AFFF may be used on
hydrocarbon liquids.
a) To improve individual monitor performance and provide
all round protection, each monitor should be mounted on Sufficient foam should be made available and stored on site to
a suitably robust tower, capable of delivering foam to the permit all the monitors on one berth to operate long enough
deck manifolds at every state of the tide, and whether the to allow full evacuation of the area. Consideration should
ship is fully loaded or empty. also be given to the need for replenishing this foam stock
immediately after an incident.

5.3.3 Remote Control Monitors
For individual RCMs to be most effective and offer the greatest In addition to electric and hydraulic remote control monitors
possible security, it is important that the operator has a the Titan range includes a hybrid electro/hydraulic monitor, the
clear view of the monitor station. Also, considering human REHM series. Electricity, from a master panel (via a secondary
limitations, we would recommend that each control station or slave panel if necessary), is used to power small hydraulic
should operate no more than two monitors. power packs mounted on the monitor body. These in turn
power hydraulic motors which move the monitor up/down,
Angus Fire supplies both electric and hydraulically operated
left/right and operate a fog/jet nozzle or spreader. This method
Titan RCM systems plus a hybrid electro-hydraulic system.
of operation incorporates the advantages of electric and
The Titan electric remote control REM range comprises the hydraulic monitor systems and has no distance limitation
monitor and main control panel, with the option to add between panel and monitor.
remote control boxes, at fall back positions along the jetty. The
There are situations where it would be uneconomic to install
REM monitor is available with various power supply voltages
RCMs as the specific areas in question will have immediate
and is rated EExd IIB T3 as standard. Master control panels
human access in the event of a spill or fire. In these cases
are normally designed for safe area operation but slave or
manually operated monitors are usually preferred.
secondary panels are normally rated EExd IIB T3 flameproof.
MAIN
FAULT POWER ON
MAIN
FAULT POWER ON
MONITOR
MONITOR
UP
LEFT RIGHT
UP
DOWN LEFT RIGHT
DOWN
NOZZLE
FULL FOG NOZZLE
FULL FOG
VALVE
OPEN CLOSE VALVE
OPEN CLOSE
TAG
FAULT POWER ON TAG
FAULT POWER ON
MONITOR
MONITOR
UP DOWN
UP DOWN
LEFT RIGHT
LEFT RIGHT
NOZZLE
NOZZLE
FULL FOG
FULL FOG
1500m 1500m
Diagram of REM monitor system Diagram of REHM monitor system
The Titan hydraulic remote control RHM range comprises the Hydraulic power is normally transmitted to the monitor via
monitor, hydraulic power pack and the joystick control panel. single or multi core hydraulic tubing 8 or 10mm nominal
Hydraulic power can be provided by an electric pump (EExd diameter. Hydraulic fluid moving quickly in small diameter
rated if required) or a pump powered by water from the fire pipes causes friction which in turn causes the monitor control
water main. A hydraulic pump powered by the fire main has to be sluggish. Increasing the diameter of the hydraulic pipes
the advantage that the system is totally mechanical and no can overcome some of the friction losses but increases the
electrical supply is required. It is not generally possible to amount of gas or air trapped in the fluid which will counteract
fit slave or secondary control panels on hydraulic monitor the reduction in friction and make the control poor. As a
systems and there is a distance limitation of 120m between the result the tubing diameter must be matched to the distance
hydraulic panel and the furthest monitor on the system. between the panel and the furthest monitor.
Distance between Inner diameter

panel and monitor of tubing
<50m 6mm
50m – 95m 8mm
95m – 110m 10mm
110m – 135m 12mm
135m – 160m 14mm
NOTE: The above dimensions are based on the use of SAE grade 32 hydraulic fluid
160m
160m
Diagram of RHM monitor system

Typical throw at inlet pressure of 7 bar (100psi) with fog jet nozzle on full jet
Model Operation Body material Nominal flow Reach 1 Reach 2

MB30 Manual Bronze (LG2) 3,000 l/min 60 m 65 m
MB40 Manual Bronze (LG2) 4,000 l/min 65 m 75 m
RMB 50 Remote control or manual Bronze (LG2) 5,000 l/min 70 m 80 m
RMB 85 Remote control or manual Bronze (LG2) 8,500 l/min 75 m 85 m
MS30 Manual SS 316 stainless steel 3,000 l/min 65 m 70 m

MS45 Manual SS 316 stainless steel 4,500 l/min 70 m 75 m
RMS 60 Remote control or manual SS 316 stainless steel 6,000 l/min 75 m 85 m
1 = Ground level monitor 2 = Monitor on 15m tower
By designing a fixed foam equipment package to protect to supplement its own cargo deck protection mechanisms, if
the jetty area (means of escape for ship and jetty personnel, required. The monitors can also give assistance in protecting
loading arms, manifolds, control room etc.) using either manual the other areas of the jetty away from the loading arms
or remote controlled monitors, it automatically introduces a themselves.
system which provides some extra protection to the vessel
5.3.4 Under Dock Protection
The purpose of this type of protection is primarily to protect These should be used to provide immediate response to
the dock itself from fire due to a product spillage in an small spill fires and should therefore contain basic “First aid”
inaccessible area or on the water under the dock, which the equipment. This must include:
jetty head monitor system is unable to locate.
(i) A suitable capacity medium or low expansion foam
The complexity of individual jetty terminals where under dock branchpipe.
protection has been installed has resulted in a wide selection
(ii) Sufficient length of durable, chemically resistant,
of different foam systems being used. The choice between
covered type hose (like Duraline) to give access to the
high, medium and low expansion foam equipment therefore
furthest hazard.
depends on the exact jetty design (i.e. configuration, layout,
areas, size etc.). The following types of equipment have been (iii) A means of achieving foam concentrate induction.
used in the past to protect such areas. The quantities and sizes This could be either an inline inductor, a self inducing
of each individual piece of equipment can only be determined branchpipe, a foam solution hydrant, or perhaps ideally
by reference to the exact design requirements. an AF I20 Mobile Foam Unit
a) MEX Medium Expansion Foam Pourers/Branchpipes which, (iv) All other necessary equipment relevant to the
if strategically placed under the dock, offer excellent installation (this could include suitable firefighter
protection to the surrounding structures. It is important to protective clothing, foam/dry powder/CO2
ensure that the equipment is supplied with foam solution extinguishers, axes, breathing apparatus etc.).
at the correct low pressures.
A gunmetal portable fire pump and suction hoses may be
b) Compact K40 Foam/Water Sprinklers would produce an advisable at a single location, in case of water pump failure.
extremely stable low expansion foam blanket onto the
surface of dock areas which are difficult to access.
c) To ensure that maximum fire fighting capabilities are

maintained, it is advisable to install a number of equally
spaced foam cabinets throughout the dock/jetty area.

1
8
S E C T I O N S I X
High & Medium Expansion Foam Systems
System Design Criteria Section 6.2 Page 6.5
High and Medium Expansion Equipment and

Foam Concentrates Section 6.3 Page 6.9
Examples of High Expansion Foam Systems Design Section 6.4 Page 6.11
Liquified Flammable Gases (LNG/LPG) –

Fire Control and Vapour Dispersion Section 6.5 Page 6.13
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION SIX PAGE 6. 1

PAGE 6. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION SIX
S E C T I O N S I X
High & Medium Expansion Foam Systems
6.1 INTRODUCTION
The ever increasing number of fires which occur in warehouses, by transporting water to the source of the fire in an area which
storage buildings, basements and tunnels etc., suggest that is generally inaccessible to ordinary water streams, where
many fire situations are now being encountered in which ordinary combustible (Class A) materials and/or flammable or
fire fighters or the fire extinguishing medium are unable to combustible liquids are present.
reach the source of the fire to even attempt extinguishment.
The type of expanded foam produced by these systems is
The problem is compounded by the more complicated and
particularly well suited to the hazardous areas where still air
inaccessible structures being built today. There is a demand for
conditions normally prevail.
a fire extinguishing system which will automatically fill the area
and “search” out to extinguish the source of the fire.
An answer to this problem is the use of high and medium

expansion foam systems to provide an extinguishing capability
6.1.1 Applications
High and medium expansion foam systems are found in use High and medium expansion foam systems are NOT
in many installations throughout the world. They may be total recommended for use on the following hazards, unless specific
flooding systems, local application systems or portable foam tests and specialised equipment indicate their suitability:
generating devices, usually protecting combustible solids
a) Water reactive materials (e.g. sodium, potassium, titanium,
like paper and wood, but also areas containing flammable or
phosphorous pentoxide etc.)
combustible liquids, in such areas as:
b) Materials that produce sufficient oxygen on ignition to
z Basements/cellars/ceiling voids
sustain combustion by themselves (eg. cellulose nitrate).
z Most enclosed and confined spaces
c) Liquefied flammable gases (eg. LNG/LPG) – see Section 6.5.
z Warehouses/storage buildings/high bay racking
d) Exposed and energised electrical equipment.
z Cable tunnels
A further limitation to high and medium expansion foam
z Shipping holds/containers
systems is their general unsuitability for use in exposed
z Engine rooms and machinery spaces
positions where the foam may be blown away by strong winds
z Flammable liquid stores or other unpredictable environmental effects, and therefore be
unable to effectively to protect the hazard.
z Aircraft hangars
z Mining
z Power stations
High expansion foams can also be used for other purposes:
z Providing an insulating barrier for protection of exposed

materials or structures, not directly involved in the incident.
z Provide vapour suppression from toxic or flammable gas

spills, however, great care is required in the design of these
systems (see section 6.5).
z Contain an inert gas in tanks when welding is in progress

6.1.2 How do High and Medium Expansion Foam Systems Work?
The beneficial features of using these types of expanded foam ii) The expanded foam that is generated will displace toxic or
systems is in applications where total flooding of an enclosed flammable vapours, smoke and hot air currents,
area occurs, where the volume of foam generated is most thus diminishing the fire hazard.
important, rather than the foam solution application rate.
iii) Expanded foams will produce an exposure protecting heat
These benefits include: shield within the enclosed area.
i) The expanded foam acts as a vehicle to carry water iv) T he expanded foam spreads to fill the entire area
around any obstacle and deliver it to the source of a fire in “searching out” the seat of the fire, smothering it to
whatever inaccessible area. achieve extinction.
6.1.3 Actual mechanisms involved
A combination of the following effects will result in extinction z High expansion foams have a “searching” action which
of fire when using these types of HEX/MEX foam systems. aids in extinguishing deep seated fires. This is its ability to
locate and smother fires occurring in inaccessible areas, like
z The air supply to the fire source will be cut off or
engine rooms, machinery spaces, basements, ceiling voids,
significantly reduced, thus reducing or preventing
distorted/folded metal and machinery etc.
continued combustion.
z On LNG fires in particular, high expansion foam reduces
z The water which is transported to the fire source will
the fire intensity by blocking radiation feedback to the
be turned into steam and therefore provide an inert
fuel source, and the limited amount of water present
atmosphere in the immediate vicinity of the fire.
reduces boiling intensity of the liquefied gas. It is generally
z Water drainings of from the expanded foam will cool both advised not to extinguish LNG fires, but use the foam for a
the fire, the hazard, and the immediate surroundings. controlled gas burn-off.
6.1.4 Advantages of High Expansion Foam Systems
The benefits of using these particular types of foam system, z The foam generated will often act as a wetting agent
correctly installed for a given application, are: by reducing surface tension, thus enabling the foam to
penetrate more deeply into Class A type combustibles.
z They cause minimal water damage to the confined space,
enclosure or its contents. z Good security provided due to the substantial and stable
foam blanket produced.
z Due to the high expansion ratios they use comparatively
little water to generate large quantities of expanded foam.
6.1.5 Limitations of High Expansion Foam Systems
We have previously mentioned the limitations which apply to b) Due to the large quantities of expanded foam which are
using high expansion systems, particularly with regard to their generated, a suitable clean-up facility should be available
use in exposed positions. It is also important to remember that to clean the area once the fire has been completely
for any system: extinguished. This may include a unit(s) like the Angus Fire
Mini-Turbex to evacuate the bubbles from the area, and
a) The correct personnel evacuation procedures are
collapse them through water sprays produced from its
implemented prior or simultaneous to activation of the
integral nozzles.
system, to prevent individuals from becoming trapped and
disorientated in the rising foam layer.

6.2 SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA
The design standards recommended for these applications The minimum application rate of expanded finished foam
are NFPA 11 and EN13565-2. It is important to note that necessary to effect extinguishment or control of a fire using
these standards relates to minimum HEX application rates of HEX will depend on a number of factors, relative to both foam
expanded foam determined by submergence volumes and properties and consideration of the hazard area (including all
submergence times, but generally not foam solution flow rates. areas from, or to, which fire can spread).
6.2.1 Personnel safety considerations
Consideration must always be given to personnel safety. A of personnel. Unenclosed electrical apparatus shall be de-
suitable automatic detection system shall be used for fixed energised upon system activation, unless it has been deemed
systems with an independent power supply (with continuity) unnecessary by competent evaluation or the Authority having
of the supply for the protected area, with supervision and Jurisdiction (AHJ).
immediate indication of any failure. Adequate audible and
Personnel are advised not to enter the foam, so to re-enter a
visual alarms are also required to indicate when the system
foam filled building, a coarse water spray may be permitted
has been activated, with adequate warning to allow personnel
to cut a path in the foam, if deemed safe to do so by the AHJ.
to evacuate the area, in advance of foam production. All
If emergency re-entry is essential, self contained breathing
automatically operated equipment controlling the generation
apparatus must be used in conjunction with a lifeline. All
and distribution of foam shall also be provided with approved
system components shall be located to maintain minimum
independent manual means for emergency operation.
clearances from live parts which are defined in these standards.
Where possible the location of foam discharge points relative
to building exits shall be arranged to facilitate evacuation
6.2.2 Other system design considerations
The minimum total depth of HEX foam to be provided should All HEX system operating equipment must be located and
be no less than 1.1 times the height of the highest hazard, suitably protected from mechanical, chemical, climatic or other
which should in no case be less than 0.6m over this hazard, but conditions that will render them inoperative, or delivering
it is recommended the submergence depth should be at least reduced performance, during activation.
3m above the hazard height, unless the enclosure is already
Operation of the HEX foam system will displace air from within
completely filled with HEX foam. For flammable or combustible
the hazard enclosure. Provision must be made for adequate
liquids this depth should be considerably greater, normally
venting, above the maximum anticipated foam height, to
determined by a test to replicate the anticipated fire event in
enable the designed submergence volume to be achieved.
the protected area. Partial application systems may be used
All required door and window closures, vent openings
for protection of areas where the hazard is not totally enclosed
and electrical equipment shutdown devices, are to be
eg. a segregated area with foam containment screens within
considered integral parts of the HEX system and must function
a larger area. Consideration must be given to higher leakage
simultaneously with the HEX foam system operation.
factors, which may apply in these situations.
Vents from the fire area need to be located to prevent
The required depth for MEX foam over the hazard will vary
recirculation of combustion products, or other materials that
according to expansion ratio and hazard type. A suitable depth
may hamper the formation of stable foam from the HEX foam
should therefore be determined by test.
generators.
HEX foam generators must be spaced to ensure that foam
Air from outside the hazard area must be used for foam
flow achieves total coverage of the protected volume with a
generation, unless independently assessed data is provided
relatively even build up of HEX foam throughout the discharge
to show that air from inside the hazard can be successfully
period. Ducting may be used to achieve the desired foam
employed to control and/or extinguish the fire (see Sections
distribution, providing it does not create a back pressure or
6.3.1 & 6.3.3).
reduce the intended expansion ratio of the foam.
In areas exposed to freezing temperatures, piping normally
It is not generally recommended that HEX foam systems
filled with water or foam solution, must be protected from
should be used in conjunction with automatic sprinkler
freezing so correct system operation is not prevented.
systems, as the water sprays can severely break down the foam.
However where both systems are installed, provision should be
made to prevent operation of the sprinkler system while the
HEX foam system is operating.

6.2.3 System design calculations
Determination of the time required to fill the space Where:

(submergence time), the volume to be filled (submergence
R = minimum rate of expanded foam discharge
volume), and the amount of foam that is destroyed or lost
V = minimum submergence volume (defined as foam
during filling (compensation factors), allows us to calculate the
coverage depth x floor area to be protected)
required discharge rate.
T = time to achieve submergence volume
This can be expressed as: Rs = rate of breakdown of foam by sprinkler system (if fitted
and not possible to be isolated)
R = (V + Rs) x Cn x Cl
Cn = compensation for normal shrinkage
T
Cl = compensation for normal foam leakage
6.2.4 Minimum Submergence Volume V (m3)
Submergence volume is the minimum depth of expanded are installed, mechanisms should be present to prevent
foam multiplied by the floor area of the space to be protected. operation of the sprinkler system when the HEX foam system is
The minimum depth of expanded foam should be not less operating, thus:
than 1.1 times the height of the highest hazard, which should
Minimum foam depth equals height of highest hazard x1.1, or
in no case be less than 0.6 metres above the highest hazard,
height of highest hazard + 3 metres, whichever is the greater.
but it is recommended the submergence depth should be
at least 3m above the hazard height, unless the enclosure is It is important to remember when determining the minimum
already completely filled with HEX foam. Volume occupied submergence volume that:
by machinery , vessels or other permanently fixed equipment
a) For certain highly flammable and/or combustible liquids,
(but not temporary or stored materials) can be deducted when
the minimum foam depth may need to be greater than
determining the submergence volume, unless the volume is
stated above, and should be determined by test.
within a combustible construction facility, in which case the
entire volume including any concealed areas (eg. ceiling voids) b) The submergence volume for unsprinklered areas of
must be used. internal combustible construction or lining, is equivalent
to the entire volume including concealed areas (eg. ceiling
It is not recommended that HEX foam systems be used in
voids etc.).
conjunction with automatic sprinkler systems as the water
sprays can break down the foam bubbles. Where both systems
6.2.5 Maximum Submergence Time T (mins)
The recommended maximum time in which the submergence The following Table 6.1 gives the maximum time allowed in
volume must be achieved (ideally quicker), will vary according which the total expanded foam discharge must achieve the
to a number of factors: necessary minimum submergence volume (V). This assumes
a maximum delay of 30 seconds between detecting the fire
a) Is the area protected by sprinklers or not?
and the start of foam discharge from the HEX generators. Any
b) What is the area/building constructed from? longer and this must be deducted from the submergence time
(eg. a 45 secs delay requires 1min 45 sec submergence time
c) What is the risk in question?
instead of 2mins shown in Table 6.1).
6.2.6 Foam Breakdown Rate due to Sprinklers Rs (mins.)
Where the factor RS must be used (ie the area to be protected S = the foam breakdown (m3/min) that occurs during each
has an automatic or manually activated sprinkler system minute of sprinkler discharge due to each litre of water
installed and it cannot be isolated when the HEX system delivered by the sprinkler heads. We can assume this figure
activates), then the amount of foam destroyed by the to be 0.0748m3/min per L/min of sprinkler discharge,
sprinkler’s water discharge must be allowed for in the equation. unless otherwise indicated by test data.
If there is no specific test information available, then this can be
Q = the estimated total discharge of water from the maximum
calculated as follows:
number of sprinkler heads expected to operate in L/min.
Rs = S x Q
If no sprinkler system is installed then Rs can be assumed to
Where: be 0 i.e. Rs = 0.

Table 6.1 Recommended Maximum HEX System Submergence Times
Light or unprotected Steel 30min fire resistive Heavy or Protected Steel or Fire 90min fire resistive
Construction building construction resistant Construction building construction
Hazard (NFPA 11) (EN13565-2) (NFPA 11) (EN13565-2)
NOT NOT
Sprinklered NOT Sprinklered Sprinklered NOT Sprinklered
Sprinklered Sprinklered
Flammable
Hydrocarbon Liquids 2 3 2 3 5 3
(FP below 38°C*‡)
Combustible
Hydrocarbon Liquids 3 4 3 3 5 3
(FP above 38°C*)
Low density
combustibles (eg.
Foam rubber, foam 3† 4 3 4† 6 4
plastics, rolled tissue or
crepe paper)
High density
combustibles (eg.
4† 5 4 5† 6 5
Rolled paper, kraft or
coated-unbanded)
High density
combustibles (eg.
5† 7 5 6† 8 6
Rolled paper, kraft or
coated-banded)
Rubber Tyres
5† 7 3 6† 8 4
Combustibles in
cartons, bags or fibre 5† 7 5 6† 8 6
drums
NOTES:
Where HEX Foam is proposed for these hazards, the foam equipment supplier must substantiate its suitability for intended use.
FP = FlashPoint temperature.
* = EN13565-2 defines Flashpoint temp of 40°C.
‡ = Flammable liquids with boiling points also below 38°C (Class 1A) may require alternative foam systems or higher application rates (Consult Angus Fire).
† = Where fire spread is very rapid through combustible contents in high piled storage above 4.6m, these submergence times may not be directly
applicable, so may need to be established by test.
Water miscible fuels are not included, and if appropriate may require higher application rates (ie. shorter submergence times).

6.2.7 Compensation for Foam Shrinkage Cn
This is an empirical number based on the average expanded impingement etc. Unless otherwise specified we can assume
foam losses that we can expect as a result of drainage/flame this factor to be 1.15.
6.2.8 Compensation for Foam Leakage Cl
This is a compensation factor for loss of foam due to leakage assumed and used for buildings with all openings (eg. normal
around doors, windows and other unclosable openings (vents type doors, windows etc) normally closed. If some roller
etc.) which should be determined by the design engineer doors or remote windows take time to close after HEX system
during assessment of the structure. For a totally sealed area activation begins, this leak rate may need to be increased.
Cl equals 1. However, typical values of up to 1.2 should be
6.2.9 System Operating Time
The system should be designed to operate continuously either minutes is recommended for sprinklered locations). This can be
for a minimum of 25 minutes or until four times the minimum achieved by intermittent or continuous operation of any or all
submergence volume (V) has been generated, whichever is of the HEX generators installed.
the greater. Under no circumstances must the capability for
Adequate foam concentrate must be available to achieve
system operation be less than 15 minutes. The submergence
these minimum operating times, and reserve stocks should be
volume must also be maintained for at least 60 minutes to
available to re-commission the system within 24 hours.
ensure control or extinguishment is achieved (minimum 30

6.3 HIGH AND MEDIUM EXPANSION EQUIPMENT AND FOAM CONCENTRATES
6.3.1 High Expansion Foam Equipment
Specially designed high expansion foam generators are usually Standard HEX generators must not be used for LNG
used to produce the large volumes of expanded finished foam applications. They require a specially designed, insulated
that are required in a High Expansion (HEX) system. Where and strengthened unit to withstand the extreme
flammable or combustible liquids are involved this is normally temperatures and operating conditions demanded to
around 500:1 expansion ratio, but where only combustible achieve swift and reliable control of LNG fires.
solids are involved and minimal wetting is required this can be
These Fixed Turbex units operate in a similar way using water
increased up to 1000:1.
powered forced air technology to blow a fresh air (ie air free of
The selection of expansion ratio shall be determined by also combustion products) stream onto the complex foam making
considering: mesh which has simultaneously been uniformly sprayed
with a suitable high performance HEX foam solution such as
z Amount of wetting required
Expandol. The fresh air flow required to make stable expanded
z Stability against thermal updrafts foam bubbles is obtained from a large high efficiency
water driven aerofoil section fan. This makes the equipment
z Ability to extinguish the anticipated fire(s)
particularly useful where hazardous materials are involved,
z Stability in wind (outdoor applications) or where additional power sources such as electric motors or
petrol engines cannot be used, or are disconnected as soon as
Such foam generating equipment is required to be located
a fire is detected.
as close as possible to the hazard(s) it protects, but not where
it will be unduly exposed to a fire or explosion. In addition Although not recommended, any foam generating devices
generators installed within the hazard area must be capable using electric motor driven fans during operation, require
of resisting fire exposure for the duration of the fire and are their power supplies to be taken only from a reliable and
required to have successfully passed an approved fire exposure safeguarded supply, available at all times during a fire
test. Generators not passing such a test must not be subjected emergency.
to direct heat exposure, as they are likely to malfunction or be
Although not recommended, where HEX generators
destroyed.
are utilizing “dirty” air with combustion product/smoke
The Fixed Turbex FT1 500S, FT1500P and FT2 -500P units contamination from within the protected space, special
are designed for general industrial use, while the LNG Fixed consideration must be given. This requires the use of special
Turbex FT2 – 500P/LNG and smaller FT1-500P/LNG are foam concentrates that have been independently performance
specially designed to cope with the extreme demands of LNG tested for this application with the relevant fuels, and the
applications, particularly when they are supplied as part of specific generators being used.
an LNG Fixed Turbex skid. These units represent the world’s
most advanced LNG fire protection technology, proven during
extensive field research (See Section 6.5).
6.3.2 Medium Expansion Foam Equipment
Medium expansion foam equipment such as the Angus Fire equipment applications. Similarly all equipment shall be
MEX Bund Pourers, MEX 450 foam branchpipes and the Mini located, installed or suitably protected so that they are not
Turbex portable foam generator, provide a broad range of subject to mechanical, chemical, climatic or other conditions
capability for MEX fixed/semi-fixed systems and “first aid” that will render them inoperative during use.
6.3.3 HEX Foam Concentrates
We recommend that all high expansion foam systems use a given. This requires the use of special foam concentrates
suitably high performing high expansion foam concentrate that have been independently performance tested for this
like Angus Fire Expandol (Ref data sheet 3662), induced at the application, with the relevant fuels and the specific generators
required induction rate. chosen for use.
Where a system is intended to utilize “dirty”air /smoke from

within the protected space, special consideration must be

6.3.4 MEX Foam Concentrates
For enclosed area medium expansion foam systems, these concentrate like Tankmaster FP, Petroseal FFFP or Alcoseal AR-
high performing HEX foam concentrates like Angus Expandol FFFP are likely to provide less fuel pick up problems and better
are generally recommended, and will deliver optimum wetting post-fire security - consult Angus Fire for further details and
capability at the required induction rate. specific recommendations.
However, depending on the application particularly where

Class B volatile fuels are involved, a natural protein based foam

6.4 EXAMPLES OF HIGH EXPANSION FOAM SYSTEMS DESIGN
Let us assume that we need to provide a suitable high expansion foam system to protect the following installation.
EXAMPLE 1
Specification
Factory size: 15m wide x 30m long x 9.1m high
Sprinkler Protection: Yes, the building is fitted with water sprinklers applying water at a minimum rate of 10.2 litres/m2/min with a
3m x 3m spacing between each sprinkler head.
Contents: Foam rubber stacked 7.6m high.
Construction: Brick walls - light steel supporting structure, combustible chipboard internal panels.
The sprinkler system has been designed to open a maximum of 25 heads upon activation at any one time.
Calculations
1. Foam Depth
Maximum height of stored product x 1.1 or maximum height of stored product + 3m, whichever is the greater.
= 7.6 x 1.1 = 8.36m or 7.6 + 3 = 10.6m… but building height is full at 9.1m, so work on 9m.
2. Minimum Submergence Volume (V)
V = minimum foam depth x surface area protected.

V = 9m x 15m x 30m = 4050m3
3. Maximum Submergence Time (T)
From Table 6.3.2

T = 4 minutes.
4. Rate of Foam Breakdown by Sprinklers (Rs)
Using the formula Rs = S x Q then we can calculate Rs as follows:

S = 0.0748 m3/litre/min (assumed as no test data to indicate otherwise)
Q = number of heads x area coverage of each head x application rate.
Number of heads = 25
Area coverage of each head = 3 x 3
= 9 m2
Application rate = 10.2 litres/m2/min.
Therefore,
Q = 25 x 9 x 10.2
= 2295 litres/min
Therefore,
Rs =S x Q
= 0.0748 x 2295
Rs = 171.6 m3/min.
5. Normal Foam Shrinkage (Cn)
With no other test data then we must assume that Cn = 1.15.
6. Foam Leakage (Cl)
Again, as we have no other information then we must, in this example, use the empirical factor of 1.2.
The minimum total expanded foam generator discharge capacity required is therefore as follows:
Rate of application R = (V + Rs) x Cn x Cl
T
Therefore,
R = (4050 + 171.6) x 1.15 x 1.2
4
= 1634 m3/min.

7. Number of Generators Required
In the above example a minimum discharge rate of 1634 1535 m3/min of expanded foam is required to fill the building within 4
minutes.
Depending on the water pressure available which will affect the expansion ratio on the range of Fixed Turbex generators - the
number and size of Fixed Turbex required can now be selected. If we assume an available pressure of 7 bar at the generator inlet and
(considering the large quantity of expanded foam per minute required) that we use FT2/500P generators then:
FT2 at 7 bar = 214 m3/min.
Therefore,
1634 = 7.7 or 8 units

214
The building will therefore require a minimum of 8 Angus Fire FT2/500P Fixed Turbex HEX generators positioned around the perimeter
walls.
8. System Design
Having determined the exact number of HEX generators required to protect the installation, the system can be accurately designed
given the following details:-
a) The FT2/500P Fixed Turbex will require a separate foam induction mechanism to induce foam concentrate correctly into the water
stream.
b) The units should be positioned in accordance with NFPA 11/EN13565-2 guidelines plus and the operating and maintenance
manual instructions for the FT2/500P Fixed Turbex units.
c) The foam solution required would be 465 litres/lmin per FT2/500P unit making a total of 3720 litres/min.
d) The system operating time (from Para 6.2.9) would be 25 minutes giving a total foam concentrate requirement of 2568 litres
Expandol 3% (including 100% reserve)
e) A suitable fixed foam proportioning system as detailed in Section 2 is also required.
EXAMPLE 2
If we consider the previous example and remove the sprinkler system then we can again calculate R from the following figures:
R = (V + Rs) x Cn x Cl
T
V = 9.1m x 15m x 30m = 4095 m3 [see 6.2.4 (b)]
T = 3 minutes
Rs = 0
Cn = 1.15
CI = 1.2
Therefore,
R = (4095 + 0) x 1 .15 x 1.2 = 1884m3/min

3
Again, using the FT2/500P Fixed Turbex TURBEX at 7 bar (100 psi) input pressure we would obtain 214m3 rn3/min of expanded foam.
Therefore,
1884 = 8.8 or 9 units
214
We would therefore, in this instance, increase the number of FT2/500P Fixed Turbex to 9 generators.
Alternatively, if we are able to increase the water pressure at the inlet to the FT2/500P Fixed Turbex to10 bar, the expanded foam
output per generator would be increased to 239 m3/min.
Therefore,
1884 = 7.88 or 8 units
239
By increasing the inlet pressure we reduce the units back to only 8 FT2/500P Fixed Turbex HEX generators.

6.5 LIQUEFIED FLAMMABLE GASES (LNG/LPG) - FIRE CONTROL AND VAPOUR DISPERSION
The risk of fire associated with any spill of LNG (Liquified important to detect and activate specialised foam systems very
Natural Gas) or LPG (Liquified Petroleum Gas) is high, and quickly, to reduce these risks to acceptable levels.
increases with size and duration of the spill. It is therefore vitally
6.5.1 How does LNG behave?
LNG is a C1 hydrocarbon comprising 83% to 99% Methane. It is Angus Fire are world leaders in understanding and providing
normally a gas, which is stored below its boiling point, in liquid modern answers for controlling fires and vapour releases
form at cryogenic temperatures of -164°C. Every litre of LNG of LNG. It conducted an extensive research programme
expands 620 times from the liquid to vapour phase. to establish the best and most cost-effective methods of
controlling LNG fires and vapour dispersions, based on large
Any accidental spillage or leakage of LNG boils instantly
live LNG fire testing under a wide range of conditions. This
from heat inputs gained from its surroundings (eg. ground,
proved that stable HEX foam with a uniform stable bubble
air, pipework, concrete, rainwater, etc.) into which the LNG is
structure at 500:1 expansion ratio, produced from specially
rapidly vapourising. Initially the gas released is heavier than air
developed forced air technology generators, was the most
and too rich to burn except around the edges where mixing
effective answer to controlling LNG fires and vapour releases
with air occurs, but over time more heat is absorbed reducing
in the environment of a modern LNG facility. Self-aspirating
its density. As it becomes closer to ambient temperature the
generators are usually too vulnerable to wind effects to be able
gas becomes lighter than air so mixes readily. It is quickly
to provide the reliable and stable foam stream with a uniform
carried in this “lighter than air” state by air currents and the
expansion ratio required, so are not recommended for these
wind potentially towards an ignition source, which may be a
severe hazards.
considerable distance away.
To maximize the benefits from this research, LNG Turbex skid
When mixed with air LNG vapour is flammable at low
units were developed by Angus Fire. These specialized and
concentrations (typically 5% to 15% by volume) and ignition
well proven units can be positioned around an LNG bund,
will rapidly spread back to the spill, resulting in a rapid increase
impounding basin, pit or trench, to provide reliable control
in radiant heat flux. LNG burns with approximately three
of any LNG release. These skids are provided with special
times the heat output of gasoline. Left unchecked structural
protection for this application and discharge hoods that direct
steelwork and plant are soon at risk of possible failure and
the foam down into the bunded area, minimising the impacts
sudden incident escalation. Any watersprays used to protect
of wind. Extra ducting sections are available to better deliver
the integrity of these structures will intensify the fire and
the foam nearer the LNG surface for extensive bunds, without
vapourisation rate, as will any run-off water if allowed to enter
causing any back pressure restrictions or reduced foam
the LNG spillage.
expansion.
6.5.2 How does LPG behave?
LPG comprises Propane, Butane and mixtures of both. They Often LPG is contained in transportable cylinders where leaks
are not cryogenic and have a much higher boiling point than may occur from partially open, damaged or faulty valving or
LNG. Propane (C3 hydrocarbon) has a boiling point of -42.5°C discharge piping. In this instance high volume water sprays are
at atmospheric pressure, while Butane’s (C4 hydrocarbon) is normally directed at the cylinder to keep it cool and prevent
around 0.5°C. Both are normally pressurised in the liquid phase an explosion risk. A risk assessment should be undertaken to
(Propane at 22 bar, Butane at 2.2.bar). When exposed to air LPG minimize the risk of a BLEVE (Boiling Liquid Expanding Vapour
expands rapidly into the gaseous phase, but always remains Explosion) in LPG containers, before considering whether it
heavier than air, so sinks to the ground and flows downhill, is safe for fire fighting personnel to advance behind water
often filling hollows, trenches, basements, underground sprays, to contain and isolate the leaking gas supply. If this fails,
tunnels etc, with an associated suffocation risk. LPG mixtures the gas in the cylinder is usually allowed to burn away under
are flammable in air at low concentrations of 2% to 9.5% by cooling water sprays, in a safe manner.
volume. Ignition will rapidly spread back to the liquid pool with
Only if it is a large LPG spillage into a bunded area or
associated significant radiated heat produced, which could
containment pit, would an LNG Turbex HEX foam generator
cause damage to surrounding structures, plant, personnel or
system normally be considered, which essentially follows this
machinery.
guidance for LNG systems.

6.5.3 Personnel safety
Personnel safety is paramount and no-one should be allowed It is recommended that LNG HEX skid units be located in
within, or close to the edge of, the white cloud, which is position permanently, fed by rigid pipework, designed to
created by condensing water vapour in the air from contact operate quickly and provide 90% radiant heat flux reduction
with the cold vapourising LNG. within 60 seconds.
This white cloud often delineates the approximate area of the Mobile or portable HEX generators must not be used, as they
gas cloud, and it is at the edges and beyond that a flammable could expose firefighters to severe radiant heat and generally
mixture with air occurs, and where any ignition source may unsafe conditions.
ignite these flammable vapours, with quick burn-back to the
LNG pool. As soon as any LNG release is detected, audible and
visual alarms should permit any nearby personnel to quickly
evacuate to safety, via a designated protected route.
6.5.4 LNG System Design Details
It is recommended that the design of any LNG HEX foam Experience during research testing showed that Open Path
system complies with the requirements given in EN13565-2 Gas Detection provided superior performance in detecting
Fixed fire fighting Systems – Foam systems – Part 2: design, LNG vapour clouds over Point Detection systems. For further
construction and maintenance (see Section 10). information and advice on detection, consult Angus Fire
Engineering.
A risk assessment of hazards, tank and structural cooling
requirements should be undertaken as part of the system
6.5.4.4 Avoid water entering the LNG Spill
design. The essential requirements of a correctly designed LNG
HEX foam generating system can be identified and outlined as It is essential that as little water as possible enters the LNG
follows: pool before foam arrives, to reduce the risk of increasing
vapourisation rates. Consideration should also be given to
6.5.4.1 Controlled burn-off ensure containment pit edges slope away from the pit. Any
water entering the pit is a heat source significantly increasing
The primary objective of LNG fixed foam systems is to reduce
the vapourisation rate, with associated risks of escalating
the radiant heat and fire intensity by bringing the fire quickly
the incident and increasing the likelihood of a vapour cloud
under control, reducing the initially high vapourisation rate,
ignition occurring. Vapour cloud ignition quickly burns back to
and maintaining control until all the LNG has burnt away
the pit, adding heat to the LNG pool, increasing intensity of the
through the foam blanket until self extinction is achieved.
radiant energy, typically 3x the heat output from an equivalent
It is not recommended to prematurely extinguish LNG fires size pool of gasoline. Left unchecked, this could compromise
with dry chemical powder, as invisible but flammable LNG the integrity of structural steelwork, valving and other plant
vapours will be escaping and may cause sudden re-ignition. and machinery nearby.
Angus Fire LNG Turbex Skids have special drainage slots to

6.5.4.2 Un-ignited spills
allow water to drain outside the LNG basin to help minimise
If the spill is not alight, HEX foam should be applied onto un- this problem.
ignited LNG spills to reduce the initial vapourisation rate and
size of flammable vapour cloud, hence reducing the risk of 6.5.4.5 Foam Proportioning
ignition and limiting the potential damage resulting from the
It is important that a reliable dedicated foam proportioning
incident, should ignition occur. A risk assessment should be
system is used to deliver foam to all units as soon as system
undertaken to provide adequate protection for surrounding
operation commences, with minimal water flow before foam
buildings, structural steelwork and associated plant or
solution arrives at each LNG Turbex generator.
machinery. Mobile or portable HEX generators must not be
used, as they could put firefighters in unsafe and exposed Consideration must be given to the suitability of the foam
positions. proportioning system(s) to best ensure this fast foam
production can be achieved. For smaller systems a centralised
6.5.4.3 Fire Detection foam proportioning system may be suitable, but for larger
systems local proportioning at each generator from a pumped
An appropriate fire detection system must be installed to
foam ring main may be a more effective answer. See Section 2,
automatically detect and activate the LNG HEX system to
or consult Angus Fire Engineering for further information and
produce foam within 15 seconds. Detection should also
advice on foam proportioning.
activate existing Emergency Shut Down Systems which must
be of a fail-safe design. Detection should occur before the LNG
vapour level rises to 25% of its lower flammability limit.

Sufficient foam stocks must be provided to allow for measure radiation and control this intermittent foaming. Once
continuous operation of the system for at least 1 hour, with at foam is applied, radiation levels should not exceed 1.4kW/m2 at
least 100% foam reserves. a distance of 50m from the edge of the liquefied gas pool.
HEX foam generators must be manufactured from adequately

6.5.4.6 Foam properties
robust materials to ensure they function correctly during
High expansion foams that have been tested on large scale exposure to the severe radiant heat flux from the fire upon
liquified gas fires to prove their suitability must be used, like ignition, and potential flame impingement. Accordingly
Expandol. 25% drainage times must exceed 15 minutes in any generator must have been independently tested at
freshwater, and uniform expansion ratios of 500:1 +/- 50:1 high temperature exposures of around 1000°C for at least
must be provided for LNG applications. Where seawater is used 60 seconds, like the LNG Turbex 500P HEX generators (see
in any systems the foam concentrate should also meet the “Demystifying LNG” DVD, available from Angus Fire).
requirements of EN1568-2 (EN1568-1 for MEX).
Foam solution rates (Litres/min) are used in preference
Foam blankets using these high expansion ratios have to submergence volumes for LNG as they provide more
been shown to resist wind attack and minimise liquified gas consistent system designs, do not vary with ambient
vapourisation, particularly when specially designed units with temperatures, and take better account of varying LNG pool
discharge hoods are used like the Angus Fire LNG Turbex skids. levels within the containment area.
Properties recommended for LPG at HEX are also uniform

6.5.4.8 Supplementary Protection
expansions of 500:1 +/-50:1, while in some LPG situations MEX
may be suitable at 60:1 +/- 10:1. An adequate number of 9kg Monnex or potassium
bicarbonate dry chemical powder extinguishers must be
6.5.4.7 Minimum foam application rates provided in case a minor liquefied gas leak should occur in
manned areas of the plant. These extinguishers should be
Minimum foam application rates are defined in Table 6.2 below.
regularly maintained and capable of discharging their powder
Foam should be applied at the defined rate until fire control
at the rate of at least 0.45kg/second.
(defined as 90% reduction in measured radiation heat flux from
the fire) is achieved. Thereafter foam is applied intermittently Emergency alarm points should also be provided in these
to maintain fire control and keep the containment area full staffed areas.
of foam. Automated sensing devices need to be installed to
Table 6.2 Minimum foam application rates for liquified gases
Foam solution application rate * Fire control time (90% radiation

Fuel Foam Expansion
(L/m2/min) reduction) in seconds
LNG HEX 10 100
LNG HEX 7† 60
LPG HEX 10 100
LPG MEX 12 100
NOTES:
* Unless otherwise determined by independent test.
† Use only where the pit is located far away from plant, personnel escape routes, structures, other exposures or adjoining properties which could otherwise be
adversely affected by radiant heat.
Foam generators must be spaced no more than 20m apart, and located so that flammable vapours are not generally drawn in for foam bubble production.

1
8
S E C T I O N S E V E N
Foam Sprinkler Systems
Foam/Water Sprinkler Systems Section 7.2 Page 7.3
Foam Enhanced Waterspray Systems Section 7.3 Page 7.5
Foam Enhanced Closed Head Automatic

Sprinkler Systems Section 7.4 Page 7.5
Foam Concentrate Selection Section 7.5 Page 7.7
Foam Induction Systems Section 7.6 Page 7.7
Applications and Specialised Equipment Section 7.7 Page 7.9
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION SEVEN PAGE 7. 1

PAGE 7. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION SEVEN
S E C T I O N S E V E N
Foam Sprinkler Systems
7.1 INTRODUCTION
The term Foam Sprinkler System can be applied to a number The design standards that are commonly used for these
of essentially different types of system. In this section three systems are:
distinct types of protection system will be described, and the
z NFPA 16 Deluge Foam-Water Sprinkler and Spray Systems.
operational differences between them highlighted. These are:
z EN13565-2 Fixed Fire Fighting Systems – Foam Systems –
a) Foam/Water Sprinkler System producing aspirated LEX
Part 2: Design, construction and maintenance.
foam blanket.
z NFPA 15 Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection.
b) Waterspray System with foam enhancement producing
non-aspirated foam spray. z NFPA 13 Installation of Automatic Sprinkler Systems.
c) Conventional Sprinkler System with foam enhancement z EN12845 Fixed Firefighting Systems - Automatic
producing non-aspirated foam spray. Sprinkler Systems: Design, construction and
maintenance.
7.2 FOAM/WATER SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
This type of system is of the ‘deluge’ or uniformly drenching to combat a fire, followed by a period of water discharge to
type, consisting of an array of open head self-aspirating cool the protected area. The foam produced should be of
discharge nozzles that provide an even distribution of sufficient stability that the water droplets penetrate the foam
aspirated foam over a zone, or the entire hazard area, once blanket, but leave it in place as a protective barrier, particularly
the system is initiated. They are predominantly intended to any flammable liquid hazards.
for shallow spill hazards with less than 25mm depth of fuel.
These systems can also be used to lay down a protective foam
The term ‘Foam/Water Sprinkler’ defines the nozzle as one
blanket in case of potential hazards, i.e. spillage, hot work etc.
which produces the same discharge pattern whether water is
In this case a low expansion foam system is significantly more
supplied, or foam solution to produce a low expansion foam
effective than one relying upon non-aspirated film forming
blanket. This pattern is similar to that produced by a standard
foam alone.
closed head sprinkler.
This type of system is also being used to protect process
The Foam/Water Sprinkler system consists of a pipework array
areas involving foam destructive polar solvent risks. In this
connected to a source of foam solution and is equipped with a
case it is essential that an Alcohol Resistant foam type is used,
number of Foam/Water Sprinklers like the K40, for distributing
like AlcosealC6 AR-FFFP to produce the low expansion foam
the low expansion foam over the area that is to be protected.
required to deal with polar solvent hazards. The combination
Actuation of the system is usually achieved by a separate
of AlcosealC6 and the K40 Foam/Water Sprinkler has proved
detection system, triggering the operation of the system’s
to be an effective solution to many polar solvent products.
Deluge Valve (controlling valve actuated by the detection
Common applications include indoor bund/dike areas; indoor
system), and a self contained foam proportioning system (see
processing and fuel handling areas; flammable liquid stores;
section 7.6).
refuse handling and storage.
The use of Foam/Water Sprinklers enables the system to be
designed to deliver an initial discharge of low expansion foam
7.2.1 Foam/Water Sprinkler System Design
The basic design rules are laid down in NFPA 16 and EN13565- a) The minimum foam solution application rate is 6 litres/m2/
2. In common with other spray and sprinkler systems, detailed min (or 6mm density/m2) on hydrocarbon fuels, but may
hydraulic calculations will be needed to establish a satisfactory increase for water miscible fuels, depending on the fuel,
discharge arrangement has been achieved. The basic design independently witnessed test data and the performance of
rules can be summarised as: the chosen foam concentrate.

b) The maximum area controlled by an individual deluge It is recommended that the foam/water sprinkler spacing
valve is 3000m2. across the hazard should not be more than 9.3m2 per sprinkler,
nor should sprinklers be further apart than 3.7m on or between
c) There should be sufficient foam to operate the system with
branch lines.
foam solution for a minimum of 15 minutes.
Where closed head sprinklers are used it is recommended that
d) There should be sufficient water supply available for a total
their temperature rating should be in the range 121-149°C
system duration of 60 minutes.
when installed in the roof or ceiling, and in the range 57 - 77°C
e) Foam supplies must be available to replenish the system when located at intermediate levels, unless a higher rating is
within 24 hours. required by specific ambient conditions.
f ) Deluge system actuation should also de-activate any Testwork has shown that certain polar solvents, for example
energized power supplies to the hazard area. Acetone, require a minimum application rate of 10 litres/
m2/min. Higher rates may be required by other more
In common with a number of types of foam system, NFPA 16
foam destructive liquids. In this case, where an increase
permits the operating time to be proportionally reduced if the
in application rate is due to the increased difficulty in
discharge rate exceeds the minimum stated 6.5 litres/m2/min
extinguishing a particular fuel, then the reduction in operating
on hydrocarbon fuels. This may be proportionately reduced to
time outlined above must not be applied.
a minimum of 7 minutes.
It is recommended that care is exercised when selecting an

appropriate application rate for hazards like water miscible
fuels.
Table 7.1 System design criteria for Foam/Water Sprinkler and Spray Systems
NFPA 16 EN13565-2
FUEL TYPE Minimum foam-water sprinkler, Minimum non-aspirated foam-

Minimum aspirated foam-water
waterspray & closed head sprinkler water spray/closed head sprinkler
sprinkler application criteria
application criteria application criteria
Hydrocarbons >25mm depth (eg. 6.5L/m2/min 8L/m2/min† 6 L/m2/min†

indoor bunds/dikes) 10 mins 30 mins 30 mins
Hydrocarbons <25mm depth (eg. 6.5L/m2/min 6L/m2/min† 6 L/m2/min†

process areas) 10 mins 15 mins 15 mins
6.5L/m2/min* 6 L/m2/min*‡ 6 L/m2/min*‡

Polar solvents <25mm depth
10 mins 15 mins 15 mins
Closed head sprinkler system

Class A and plastics (refuse 6 L/m2/min†
ND to EN12845, foam enhanced for
handling and storage areas) 20 mins
30mins
NOTES:
* = application rate may increase depending on polar solvent fuel(s) involved. Should be defined by independent witness testing.
ND = Not defined – consider Automatic sprinkler system design, refer to NFPA 13.
† = applies to performance class 1A/1B/1C rated film forming foam concentrates(FFFP/AFFF) chosen under EN1568-3. Class 2A is considered suitable for
aspirated application on hydrocarbons only, but other performance classes are considered insufficiently effective, except AR type foams chosen from
a Class 1A/1B performance category under EN1568-4.Any other foam concentrate may be suitable at an application rate determined by independent
witness testing.
‡ = applies to Alcohol Resistant type film forming foam concentrates (AR-FFFP/AR-AFFF) achieving performance class 1A/1B chosen under EN1568-4 only.
Any other AR foam concentrate may be suitable at an application rate determined by independent witness testing.

7.3 FOAM ENHANCED WATERSPRAY SYSTEMS
A standard waterspray or Water Deluge System consists of tanker loading racks, offshore oil platforms, horizontal or
a pipework array with non-aspirating open head discharge spherical storage tanks etc. - the protection being provided by
nozzles connected to a water supply and equipped with a the water discharged from either high, medium or low velocity
deluge valve, which is automatically triggered by some form of waterspray nozzles.
electric, hydraulic or pneumatic detection system. The system
The introduction of a film forming foam to the waterspray
is designed to deliver a specific application rate of water, or
discharge, gives the system much greater effectiveness
foam solution, over the hazard area to be protected, not just
against flammable liquid spill fires. The characteristics of the
the area involved in the fire (as with a conventional automatic
film forming foam that is produced, enables the fire to be
sprinkler system). This may be the entire hazard area or just a
readily controlled and provides a limited amount of post-fire
portion or Zone of the hazard area, with other similar systems
security, particularly on hydrocarbon fuels. However this almost
also activating should the fire spread into several zones.
invisible thin film should not be relied upon to offer complete
Actuation is usually by an independent detection system that
security. This type of system can be very effective in combating
triggers the deluge valve to open.
hydrocarbon spill fires, which would otherwise spread rapidly
Generally waterspray systems are installed to protect by floating on the water from the spray system.
complicated metal structures or plant/machinery such as
7.3.1 System Design
The basic waterspray system will have been designed to It is recommended that sufficient foam concentrate be
comply with the relevant rules with regard to application available to operate the system for a minimum of 15 minutes,
rate, operating time etc. In the vast majority of cases this will with 100% foam concentrate backup available within 24 hours.
have resulted in an application rate in excess of the minimum
required for a foam enhanced system of litres/m2/min,
depending on the flammable liquids involved.
7.4 FOAM ENHANCED CLOSED HEAD AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
A conventional automatic water sprinkler system with closed The actuation of an automatic sprinkler system is by individual
heads is generally designed in accordance with specific non-aspirating, sealed discharge heads that are automatically
fire protection engineering standards. The main differences activated by the heat from the fire, and subsequently discharge
between a sprinkler system and a waterspray system are is that: water over the fire area only. The discharge pattern that is
developed will be precisely as defined by the governing
a) Their method of actuation is different.
standard to which the system has been designed.
b) The water pattern and velocity produced is different.
Waterspray systems are usually activated by a separate
c) The number of heads operating, and consequently detection system and have open head non-aspirating nozzles,
coverage area, is different which can have a variety of different discharge patterns
designed for specific applications (eg cable tray nozzles,
d) Automatic Sprinkler Systems are normally wet pipe, while
window drencher, tank cool nozzles etc. – see section 7.7).
Waterspray Systems are normally dry pipe.
7.4.1 System Design
Generally automatic closed head water sprinkler systems When a warehouse is protected by a sprinkler system, the
are used to protect open public access areas such as offices, introduction of foam is often used when the hazard risk in the
high rise buildings, hotels, covered shopping areas and warehouse increases, for example by also storing flammable
certain factory installations, also with distinctive modifications liquids.
for specific applications. The introduction of an AFFF film
Tests have shown that hydrocarbon fires can be extinguished
forming foam into these a sprinkler systems acts primarily as a
more rapidly and using less water when an AFFF is used. This
wetting agent, reducing the surface tension of the water and
also ensures that water damage within the building is kept to
enabling it to penetrate further and more quickly into Class A
a minimum.
combustibles.

Where a change is made to store polar solvent fuels in a Now calculate the maximum flow
particular sprinkler area, then it will be necessary, to provide Q (litres/min) using the formula Q = (K√P) x N
a discharge of AR type foam at a suitable application rate, to
Q = (80√2.3) x 27
achieve adequate fire protection. Where particularly foam
destructive fuel(s) are involved, an aspirated Foam/Water Q = 3276 litres/min
Sprinkler system may be required (for further information
Now select a wide range proportioner that covers this
consult Angus Fire).
maximum flow and note the line size.
Fast response sprinkler heads are increasingly being chosen
Now we need to determine the size of foam storage tank from
to provide quick operation for permanently flooded Sprinkler
the maximum quantity of foam, plus the operating time (t)
Systems, in recognition that early action provides fast control
required for system activation when foam is used: From Table
and minimizes resulting loss and damage. Wide Range
7.2 we determine this to be a minimum of 15 minutes.
Proportioners, have been specifically engineered to achieve
the fast response proportioning necessary with AR type foams, To minimize the concentrate volume a 3% AR type foam will
to obtain this rapid control/extinction and avoid the risk of be needed like AlcosealC6, so
serious incident escalation and consequential losses.
Foam concentrate quantity
Common foam enhanced sprinkler applications include (F) required = Q x 3% x t
flammable liquid warehousing and processing areas, where
= 3276 x 3% x 15
the inventory frequently changes and rarely a single flammable
liquid is stored. Usually a cocktail of both hydrocarbon and = 1475 litres 3% AlcosealC6 AR
polar solvent fuels are stored in these areas, often changing foam concentrate
with the seasons, so an Alcohol Resistant foam like AlcosealC6
We should also allow an extra 10% to fill the foam enhanced
or NiagaraC6 will be required.
sprinkler pipework with foam and provide the usual 100%
backup to re-charge the system immediately after operation.
Wide Range Proportioner Worked Example
F = 1475 +10% +100%
Firstly the maximum flow of the sprinkler system (litres/
min) must be determined, with a check that it is capable of F = 3245 litres 3% AlcosealC6 AR type concentrate
delivering an adequate foam application rate across the hazard,
Reviewing the foam storage tank options, it becomes clear
for the flammable liquids being protected.
that a 3375 litre wide range proportioning system, calibrated
To do this we must establish 3 things: for AlcosealC6 3-3% AR-FFFP is required, to foam enhance this
closed head automatic Sprinkler System.
i) K factor of the existing sprinkler heads (flow through each
head at 1 bar in litres/min) An alternative foam that could also be considered is the
newtonian NiagaraC6 3-3% AR-FFFP or TridolC6 C ATF 3-3.
ii) Maximum number of heads planned to operate (N)
iii) Water pressure (P) with maximum number of heads

operating (bar)
For the purposes of this example, we will assume the following
common Sprinkler System characteristics:
• K factor = 80, N = 27 and P = 2.3 bar
• a mixed inventory of hydrocarbon and polar solvent

fuels are being protected in this processing area,
• an AR type foam concentrate will be required.

7.5 FOAM CONCENTRATE SELECTION
7.5.1 Foam/Water Sprinkler Systems
The use of aspirated foam gives us a wider choice of potentially NiagaraC6 AR-FFFP or TridolC6 ATF AR-AFFF, at a suitable
suitable foam concentrates. In any particular case, the choice application rate and independently witness tested, to provide
will depend upon the nature of the hazard and fuel being adequate fire protection (see Table 7.2). Consideration should
protected. When the system is used to protect a hydrocarbons also be given to the induction device chosen, to ensure it will
PetrosealC6 FFFP, TridolC6 AFFF or TankmasterC6 FP foam accommodate the characteristics of non-newtonian AR foams,
concentrates could be suitable. where the viscosity changes with ambient temperature and
shear rate.
If the hazard contains alcohols or polar solvent liquids, then
alcohol resistant foams must be used, like AlcosealC6 AR-FFFP,
7.5.2 Waterspray and Foam Enhanced Closed Head Sprinkler Systems
These non-aspirating systems require a film forming foam to the induction device chosen to ensure it will accommodate
to be effective on hydrocarbon hazards, like TridolC6 AFFF or the characteristics of non-newtonian AR foams, where the
PetrosealC6 FFFP. viscosity changes with ambient temperature and shear rate.
Where polar solvent fuel hazards are to be protected, whether Because of the wide flow range requirements of closed head
alone or alongside hydrocarbon fuels, a suitable AR foam Foam Enhanced Sprinkler Systems they will require a wide
concentrate will be required (eg. AlcosealC6, NiagaraC6 or TridolC6 range proportioner, which has proportioner versions designed
ATF). This AR foam must be applied at an adequate application to work accurately with either non-newtonian AR foams or
rate, tested independently to ensure adequate fire protection Newtonian foams (see Table 7.2 and section 7.6.3).
is provided (see Table 7.2). Consideration should also be given
7.6 FOAM INDUCTION SYSTEMS
There are a number of foam proportioning systems that may

suit specific system designs.
7.6.1 Constant flow
Waterspray and Foam/Water Sprinkler systems are usually inductor, a pumped foam supply into the water line via a
zoned, to cover specific parts of the hazard area being constant flow maric valve, or orifice plate, to each zone (see
protected. Where only one or few zones are required, each Section 2.2).
system may be provided with a constant flow inline foam
7.6.2 Variable Flow – Balanced Pressure Proportioner
While a constant flow device may be suitable for a single systems (see section 2.3), with the size determined by how
zone hazard, it usually becomes over complicated logistically many zones may be activated, in response to a specific
and less effective where several zones are required to protect incident. This usually involves a proportioner turndown ratio
parts of the same hazard area. Consequently a variable (ratio between maximum and minimum foam solution flow
flow proportioning system using a BPP (Balanced Pressure demand at the foam proportioner) of between 7 and 10:1.
Proportioner) is usually required for foam enhanced waterspray

7.6.3 Variable Flow – Wide Range Sprinkler Proportioner
Automatic closed head sprinkler systems probably have the Standard BPP foam proportioners are primarily designed for
widest flow range requirement of any system, as flows can dry pipe deluge type systems and therefore are not designed
vary from a single head up to the maximum number of heads to operate under the very low flow conditions imposed by a
designed to operate at any one time, which may require wet pipe closed head foam enhanced sprinkler system which
turndown ratios of up to 25:1 where foam enhancement is the wide range proportioners are designed to achieve.
required. Standard BPP systems are usually unable to cover
these wide flow ranges, hence a wide range proportioning unit
will be required (see Section 2.3.4).
Wide range proportioning units need to meet the key criteria

for foam enhancement of sprinkler systems required by many
Insurance organisations and Loss Prevention Consultants, and
that is:
z To proportion foam accurately across the full sprinkler

system’s flow range.
z Meet the stringent accuracy requirements of NFPA 16 and/

or EN13565-1.
z Be reliable, simple in operation, and independent of

external power sources.
z Discharge foam at the correct induction rate immediately

the first 2 or 3 heads have activated. This is critical for rapid
fire control. Such fast response proportioning minimizes
the financial loss.
z Simplicity of installation to give a cost-effective “plug-in”

system.

7.7 APPLICATIONS AND SPECIALISED EQUIPMENT
The application and use of both foam sprinkler systems c) Water Sprinkler Systems
delivering aspirated foam, and non-aspirated foam-enhanced
• Type S standard (Std) and quick response (QR) sprinklers
spray and conventional sprinkler systems, has significantly
• Type H Horizontal sprinklers – Std & QR
increased over the past few years. The most obvious situations
• Model X eXtra large orifice sprinklers – Std & QR
where these types of systems have been used are as follows:
• ESFR Early Suppression, Fast Response sprinklers
a) Road tanker loading bays. • Lo-Flow nozzles
• Metron heads
b) Flammable liquid stores and processing areas.
• Model HC Sprinklers
c) DIY (Do-It -Yourself ) store warehouses. • Type “M” Pneumatic detectors
• Sprinkler Alarm valves and sets – wet and dry
d) Offshore oil platforms.
• Pre-action Alarm valves and sets
e) Power stations and other industrial applications. • Alarm Valve accessories and associated sprinkler
hardware
f ) Aircraft hangars.
The range of Angus Fire delivery and control equipment

that is available for foam/water sprinkler systems, and foam
enhancement of waterspray and water sprinkler systems is as
follows:
a) Foam/Water Sprinkler Systems
• K40 Foam/Water Sprinkler

• K20 Foam/Water Sprinkler
• Tanker loading bay nozzles
• Fixed Inductors
• Balanced Pressure Proportioners
• Bag tank Modules
• Balance Valves
• Foam skids with atmospheric foam tanks
b) Waterspray Systems
• Fognozl low velocity nozzle

• Thermospray medium velocity nozzle
• Fyrhed high velocity nozzle
• Range of speciality nozzles including:
Cable tray nozzles
Low flow nozzles
Tankcool nozzles
Wafer spray nozzles
Water curtain nozzles
Thermocool nozzles
Thermoshield nozzles
Long throw horizontal nozzles
Flat fan foghed nozzles
Water mist nozzles
• Deluge Valves & sets – hydraulic, pneumatic, electric
actuation, plus combinations
• Deluge Valve skids
• Multiple Jet Controllers
• Diaphragm actuated water control valves
• Fixed Inductors
• Balanced Pressure Proportioners
• Bag tank Modules
• Balance Valves
• Foam skids with atmospheric foam tanks

1
8
S E C T I O N E I G H T
Aircraft Hangars & Helicopter Landing Areas
Aircraft Hangars Section 8.1 Page 8.3
Onshore Heliports Section 8.2 Page 8.14
Offshore Helicopter Landing Areas Section 8.3 Page 8.16
4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION EIGHT PAGE 8. 1

PAGE 8. 2 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION EIGHT
S E C T I O N E I G H T
Aircraft Hangars & Helicopter Landing Areas
8.1 AIRCRAFT HANGARS
8.1.1 Introduction
Aircraft hangars house increasingly expensive assets and the z An aspirated foam/water sprinkler system (high level).
risk of fire increases with the size of the hangar, quantity of
z Fixed oscillating foam/water monitors (high and/or low
aircraft being housed, and the level of maintenance being
level).
undertaken. It is therefore important to provide adequate
fast acting detection and protection systems that protect z Fixed remote controlled foam/water monitors (high and/or
personnel and minimise the risk of escalation into a major low level).
incident.
z High expansion (HEX) foam system.
This can be achieved in a number of ways depending on
z Medium Expansion (MEX) pourers foam system (low level).
the exact design and construction of the hangar, any one
(or a combination) of the following fixed systems could be z Combinations of above systems.
employed:
z Other options - including Hi-Fog Water Mist Systems could
z A standard waterspray system (may spread any attendant be considered, even hand held low or medium expansion
flammable liquid hazard). foam branchpipes for supplementary protection and/or
under wing protection in small hangars.
z A non aspirated foam enhanced waterspray system (high
level).
8.1.2 Aircraft Hangar Classifications
The correct system design for such a choice will therefore Type 3
depend, not only upon the relevant code of practice but also A single storey aircraft hangar which has a clear door height of
on practical considerations as to the overall feasibility of a less than 8.5 m, and with a single fire area of less than 1400m2
system on a wider scale, and the Authority having Jurisdiction. and overall area less than 2,787m2 depending on construction
type (i.e. a hangar suitable for light operator type aircraft).
The choice of the most suitable protection mechanism for
an aircraft hangar can vary considerably depending upon Type 4
the relevant design standard and the number of different A single storey hangar with single hazard fire area of less than
foam systems currently available. The most comprehensive 1400m2 with membrane covered structure of rigid steel. (i.e.
design standard is NFPA 409 - Standard on Aircraft Hangars, suitable for light aircraft only).
which defines the construction and minimum fire protection
requirements for aircraft hangars, while the UK Civil Aviation Any landing gear pits, ducts and tunnels must also be provided
Authority’s CAP437 Offshore Helicopter Landing Areas with automatic fire detection and protection systems, unless
– Guidance on Standards, also provides fire protection the hangar protection system is designed to be adequate to
requirements for offshore helicopter landing areas. also protect each hazard.
Designs in accordance with NFPA 409 have specific details,

The following aircraft hangar classifications are widely used:
information and instructions, on the permitted construction of
Type 1 the four different types of aircraft hangar.
A multi-storey aircraft hangar which has either a clear door
height over 8.5 m, or a fire area in excess of 3,716 m2 for Military hangars
housing aircraft with a tail height over 8.5 m (i.e. a hangar
It is also recommended that all military aircraft hangars and
for large aircraft such as the Boeing 747 or Airbus A380, or a
hardened aircraft shelters should conform to the guidelines for
number of smaller ones eg. Airbus A320s).
Type 1 hangar structures.
Type 2
A multi-storey aircraft hangar which has a clear door height
of up to but not exceeding 8.5 m, and with a single fire area
of between 1400m2 and 3,716 m2 depending on construction
type (i.e. a hangar for smaller aircraft such as Boeing 737 or
DC-9)

HANDLINE LOCATIONS (TYPICAL)
SPRINKLER ZONE 1
MONITOR
ARC OF
OSCILLATION
SPRINKLER ZONE 2
MONITOR
MONITOR LOCATION 3
LOCATION 1
SPRINKLER ZONE 3
MONITOR
MONITOR LOCATION 4
LOCATION 2
SPRINKLER ZONE 4
OFFICE
AREA
SPRINKLER ZONE 5
HANGAR DOOR
Fig. 8.1 High level foam-water deluge and low level OM80s in Type 1 hangar
8.1.3 General System Design Considerations
EN 13565-2 requires that each system design must be capable specific requirements for different aircraft in different hazard
of covering the entire floor area of the hangar (or zone areas. Where aircraft with large wing areas (over 279m2) are
where applicable) used for aircraft storage, maintenance and being primarily protected with over-wing protection systems,
servicing, to achieve fire control within 30 seconds of full foam a second additional supplementary under-wing protection
discharge occurring, and fire extinction being achieved within system must also be provided, to protect against fuel spills by
60 seconds. These requirements are to protect life, property delivering a secure foam blanket which reduces radiant heat to
and the environment from the risks of fire escalation. NFPA 409 the aircraft and thus minimizes the risk of structural damage.
agrees for Type 1 hangars, but has a more complex approach Devices that discharge horizontally, located above floor level
for other hangars, which has evolved over time (see Table 8.1 are preferred, like the Angus Titan range of oscillating foam
and section 8.1.4). Zoning of hangars does require adequate monitors.
provision for fire separation distances.
Foam coverage of the entire aircraft storage and servicing area
The floors of adjoining areas must not be combustible and must generally be provided to within 1.5 metres of the doors
must prevent any flammable liquid spill from entering the and perimeter walls of the hangar within 3 minutes of system
aircraft storage and servicing area. activation, to ensure any spreading fuel is adequately covered.
Foam system protection may be achieved by systems mounted Water and foam supplies must be capable of providing the
at roof level, intermediate high level (above wings), or low level maximum system foam demand for 30 minutes duration,
(under wings, but above floor), or a combination to meet the with 100% reserve foam concentrate built into the foam

proportioning system. To avoid depleting this reserve etc, and they were often exposed to chemical attack through
accidentally, it will only be available for extended system use, spillages. Therefore constant inspection and maintenance were
by intended manual intervention. required to ensure the systems operated without blockages.
For these reliability issues, they are no longer acceptable in
Water lines need to be kept charged as close to the foam
international hangar standards.
making equipment as possible, to ensure these swift action
requirements can be achieved. Experience has shown that many hardened aircraft shelters
housing military jets have been successfully protected by high
The pop up floor nozzle was one of the earliest mechanisms
and low level water powered oscillating monitors that provide
used to protect the area beneath an aircraft’s wing. Such
rapid over-wing and under-wing foam protection (see Fig 8.2a).
systems incorporated an automatic foam sprinkler that
Such oscillating monitors have also provided excellent foam
emerged from the floor and applied low expansion foam to the
coverage across large commercial aircraft hangars, as a fast,
immediate area. There were severe limitations to these nozzle
reliable, highly efficient method of fire protection (see Fig 8.2b).
systems. They could become blocked by grit, shavings or small
fixings from maintenance work and obstructed by machinery
HANGAR DOOR
MONITORS ARE NORMALLY POSITIONED AT BOTH HIGH AND LOW LEVEL FOR
OVER-WING AND UNDER-WING PROTECTION
Fig. 8.2a High and low level oscillating monitors protecting hardened aircraft shelter

OSCILLATING
MONITOR
LOCATION 5
HANDLINE
LOCATIONS
MONITOR
ARC OF
OSCILLATION
OSCILLATING OSCILLATING
MONITOR MONITOR
LOCATION 1 LOCATION 4
OSCILLATING OSCILLATING
MONITOR MONITOR
LOCATION 2 LOCATION 3
HANGAR DOOR
Fig. 8.2b Oscillating monitors protecting civil aircraft hangar
Foam pumps capable of also meeting this maximum demand but will
only operate when the primary foam pump is out of service.
Where foam concentrate is supplied into the water supply,
These pumps must be supplied by a protected emergency
by a BPP, balance valve or customized foam skid, an adequate
power supply and generally meet the Fire and Foam Pump
foam pumping and storage capacity must be provided along
requirements of NFPA 20.
with fire water pumping to permit all systems designed to
operate simultaneously to do so (See section 2 for suitable Each individual aircraft hangar must therefore be given its
foam proportioning systems). These pumps will be started own careful consideration as to what system approach is most
automatically either by a signal from the detection system appropriate. Variations in a number of other factors including
control panel, or a pressure drop in the foam concentrate roof or ceiling height, foam concentrate chosen, integral hose
piping system. Once in operation, foam pumps will continue reels, water only or foam enhanced water spray system will
until manual intervention stops them. A “pump running” also alter the eventual design parameters and application rates
audible signal will also be transmitted to a continuously required.
manned location. Reserve foam pump(s) shall be provided,

8.1.4 Fire protection requirements for specific hangars
8.1.4.1 Type 1 Hangars z Also automatically activate the supplementary under-wing

protection at the same time as this foam-water deluge
NFPA 409 recommends the following fire protection options: system activates.
1. Foam/water deluge system + supplementary under-wing z Assume that a fire at any point will activate all systems in
protection for aircraft exceeding 279m2 wing area. draft curtained areas that are partially or entirely within
a radius of 30m measured horizontally from the ignition
2. Automatic closed head water sprinkler system + low
point, and that an adequate water supply must be
expansion low level foam system across entire floor area.
available to permit these systems to operate for at least 60
3. Automatic closed head water sprinkler system + high minutes. Alternatively this may be reduced to 45 minutes
expansion low level foam system across entire floor area. where supplementary under-wing systems are being used,
but must also include these supplementary system water
While EN135465-2 also permits: demands within that period.
4. Aspirated foam water deluge system with low level
Manual activation points must be available to activate both
aspirated or non-aspirated monitors
primary and supplementary under-wing systems from easily
5. High and low level Oscillating Foam/Water monitors accessible areas near exit paths, both inside and outside the
aircraft maintenance and servicing areas, plus additional
6. High and low level Remote control Foam/Water monitors
stations close to aircraft positions for quick system activation in
7. High and low level High expansion foam systems the event of a fire.
and also requires 2 forms of flame detection to detect the fire
Where a supplementary low expansion (LEX) foam system is
before system activation. Consideration should be given to
chosen for the under-wing area, it must:
Multi-spectrum IR flame detection, UV/IR flame detection and
combination IR combustible gas detection. z Achieve fire control within 30 seconds of full foam
discharge occurring across the under-wing hazard
Performance based detection approaches with the
area, and fire extinction within 60 seconds from system
performance objectives and application scenarios, supported
activation, to ensure any spreading fuel is adequately
by data, modeling and calculations should be submitted to the
covered.
Authority having Jurisdiction, for their approval.
z Deliver an application rate of 4.1L/min/m2 across the entire
Each individual aircraft hangar must therefore be given its
hazard area with a suitable AFFF foam and be capable of
own careful consideration as to what system approach is most
continued operation for 10 minutes. (This rate increases to
appropriate, as this will alter the eventual design parameters
6.5L/min/m2 where a suitable FP foam may be used).
and application rates required.
z Provide a reserve foam supply connected for a further 10
Where an open head foam-water deluge system is chosen minutes and a water supply capable of operating the full
under NFPA 409, it must: system for at least 20 minutes.
z Deliver an application rate of 6.5L/min/m2 across the entire z Use low level monitor-type discharge nozzles with each
hazard area with a suitable AFFF foam, through non- nozzle having a manually controlled isolation valve.
aspirating heads. (This rate increases to 8.0L/min/m2 where
z Where oscillating monitor nozzles are used the discharge
a suitable FP foam, through air aspirating heads may be
pattern limits must be defined in the system design, and
used).
be locked in position so the limits of oscillation are set,
z Not exceed a nozzle spacing of 12m2 as projected onto the and any manual override is disengaged to only permit
floor, with a maximum distance of 3.7m between nozzles automatic operation.
and maximum projected floor area under a single deluge
z Be designed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 11.
system of 1394m2.
z Achieve fire control within 30 seconds of full foam Where a supplementary high expansion (HEX) foam system is
discharge occurring across the hazard area, and fire chosen for the under-wing area, it must:
extinction within 60 seconds from system activation.
z Discharge at a rate to cover the protected under-wing area
z Detectors for activating the foam-water deluge system to a depth of at least 0.9m, within 1 minute from system
need to be rate of rise, fixed-temperature or rate- activation, taking into account the sprinkler breakdown
compensation type (Consideration should be given to factor detailed in NFPA 11 (see Section 6.2 of this manual).
adequate flame detection as a more effective alternative)
z Foam coverage of the entire aircraft storage and servicing
z Be used with a supplementary LEX or HEX low level foam area must be provided to within 1.5 metres of the doors
system to cover the shaded area under the wings of aircraft and perimeter walls of the hangar within 3 minutes
exceeding 279m2 in area. of system activation, to ensure any spreading fuel is

adequately covered, and taking account of sprinkler The Low level LEX foam system requirements will be as for the
breakdown rates and compensation factors detailed in supplementary LEX protection for foam/water deluge systems
NFPA 11 (see Section 6.2 ). above, except that this LEX system is required to cover the
entire aircraft maintenance and servicing hazard area to within
z Have sufficient foam concentrate to be able to operate
1.5m of the perimeter walls within 3 minutes.
the system at maximum discharge rates for a period of at
least 12 minutes, with a reserve foam supply connected The low level HEX foam system requirements will be as for the
for a further 12 minutes and a water supply capable of supplementary HEX protection for foam/water deluge systems
operating the full system for at least 24 minutes. above, except that this HEX system is required to discharge at
a rate of 0.9m3/min/m2 to cover the entire aircraft maintenance
z Only fresh air directly or ducted from outside must be used
and servicing hazard area to within 1.5m of the perimeter walls
(unless both generators and foam concentrate chosen
within 3 minutes, taking account of sprinkler breakdown and
have been independently tested for this application, with
compensation factors detailed in NFPA 11 (see section 6.2).
the combustion breakdown products likely to be obtained
from this hazard). Roof vents must be located to prevent Detectors for activating LEX or HEX foam systems or pre-action
recirculation of combustion products into the air inlets of closed head sprinkler systems need to be rate of rise, fixed-
the foam generators. temperature or rate-compensation type heat sensing detectors
according to NFPA 72.
z Be designed and maintained in accordance with NFPA 11.
Consideration should also be given to Multi-spectrum IR
Water powered HEX generators using forced air technology like flame detection, UV/IR flame detection and combination IR
the Fixed Turbex are recommended for production of uniform combustible gas detection for reliable and fast response.
expansion ratio, optimum reliability, and swift action.
Performance based approaches with the performance
Where electric motor HEX generators are used they must objectives and application scenarios, supported by data,
be connected to an emergency power supply with battery modeling and calculations should be submitted to the
back-up, and possibly protected from water ingress to the Authority having Jurisdiction, for their approval.
motors when installed at low levels. Self aspirating units are not
considered adequate, as their foam output can be suddenly
reduced when starved of air by cross drafts and air currents 8.1.4.2 Type 2 hangars
created by the fire, so the net growth requirements may not be
achieved. NFPA 409 recommends protection of Type 2 hangars as for
Type 1 hangars above, plus the option of:
Where a closed head water sprinkler system is chosen under
A foam enhanced closed head sprinkler system.
NFPA 409, it must:
While EN135465-2 also permits the additional systems
z Be of a wet pipe or pre-action design, meeting NFPA 13
described for Type 1 hangars above. It also requires one form of
requirements, with a maximum system size of 4831m2.
flame detection, with a secondary form of detection to activate
z Not exceed a nozzle spacing of 12m2 as projected onto the each zone or protected area before discharging the system.
floor, with a maximum distance of 3.7m between nozzles
and maximum projected floor area under a single deluge Where an aspirated open head foam-water deluge system is
system of 1394m2. chosen under NFPA 409, it must:
z Deliver a minimum water density of 6.9L/min/m2 (6.9mm/ z Deliver an application rate of 6.5L/min/m2 across the entire
m2) over any 1394m2 area or zone including the most hazard area when a suitable AFFF or FP foam is chosen.
hydraulically demanding area.
Where a foam enhanced closed head sprinkler system (non-
z Comprise quick response sprinkler heads of nominal K
aspirated) is chosen under NFPA 409, it must:
factor 80 or 115, with temperature ratings of 79.4°C. A
higher rating quick response head of 93.3°C may be used, z Be installed to meet the requirements of NFPA 16.
where high ambient temperatures apply.
z Use a suitable AFFF foam concentrate.
z Be used in conjunction with a LEX or HEX low level foam
z Use a minimum application rate of 6.5L/min/m2 of foam
system.
solution over the entire aircraft storage and servicing area.
Where open hangar doors cause interference to the water z Not exceed a sprinkler spacing of 9.3m2 as projected onto
distribution from this system, additional sprinklers must be the floor, with a maximum distance between heads of
provided to ensure adequate floor coverage is achieved. 3.7m and maximum projected floor area under a single
sprinkler system of 1393m2.
Such a closed head sprinkler system will also be provided for
any shops, offices and storage zones located within the aircraft z Ensure that each individual sprinkler system has its own
maintenance and servicing areas of the hangar, and must meet foam concentrate proportioner, (see Section 2 of this
appropriate hazard categories defined in NFPA 13. manual).

z Comprise sprinkler heads with temperature ratings of z Have sufficient foam concentrate to be able to operate the
79.2-107.2°C. system at maximum discharge rates for a period of at least
12 minutes, with a water supply capable of operating the
z Have a water and foam supply with a minimum duration of
full system for at least 24 minutes.
30 minutes.
z Only fresh air directly or ducted from outside must be used
Where a closed head water sprinkler system is chosen under (unless both generators and foam concentrate chosen
NFPA 409, it must: have been independently tested for this application with
the combustion breakdown products likely to be obtained
z Be of a wet pipe or pre-action design, meeting NFPA 13
from this hazard). Roof vents must be located to prevent
requirements.
recirculation of combustion products into the air inlets of
z Deliver a minimum water density of 6.9L/m2/min the foam generators.
(6.9mm/m2) over any 464.5m2 area or zone including the
most hydraulically demanding area. Water powered HEX generators using forced air technology like
the Fixed Turbex, are recommended for production of uniform
z Comprise sprinkler heads of nominal K factor 80 or 115,
expansion ratio, optimum reliability, and swift action.
with temperature ratings of 162-190°C.
Where electric motor HEX generators are used they must
z Be used in conjunction with a LEX or HEX low level foam
be connected to an emergency power supply with battery
system.
back-up, and possibly protected from water ingress to the
motors when installed at low levels. Self aspirating units are not
Where open hangar doors cause interference to the water
considered adequate, as their foam output can be suddenly
distribution from this system, additional sprinklers must be
reduced when starved of air by cross drafts and air currents
provided to ensure adequate floor coverage is achieved.
created by the fire, so the net growth requirements may not be
Such a closed head sprinkler system will also be provided for achieved.
any shops, offices and storage zones located within the aircraft
Detectors for activating LEX or HEX foam systems or pre-
maintenance and servicing areas of the hangar, and must meet
action closed head sprinkler systems need to be rate of rise,
appropriate hazard categories defined in NFPA 13.
fixed-temperature or rate-compensation type heat sensing
Where a supplementary low expansion (LEX) foam system is detectors. Consideration should be given to Multi-spectrum
chosen under NFPA 409, it must: IR flame detection, UV/IR flame detection and combination IR
combustible gas detection.
z Use low level monitor-type discharge nozzles with each
nozzle having a manually controlled isolation valve. Performance based detection approaches with the
performance objectives and application scenarios, supported
z Be arranged to deliver foam initially across the expected
by data, modeling and calculations should be submitted to the
aircraft parking area, but over the entire hazard area for
Authority having Jurisdiction, for their approval.
10 minutes and a water supply capable of delivering
maximum foam system operation for 20 minutes.
z Foam coverage of the entire aircraft storage and servicing 8.1.4.3 Type 3 hangars
area must be provided to within 1.5 metres of the doors
and perimeter walls of the hangar within 3 minutes NFPA 409 recommends that fixed fire protection options
of system activation, to ensure any spreading fuel is should comply with local building codes, except where
adequately covered. hazardous operations are being carried out (eg. fuel transfers,
welding, torch cutting or soldering, spray painting etc), when
Where a supplementary high expansion (HEX) foam system is the fire protection requirements must meet those for a Type 2
chosen under NFPA 409, it must: hangar above.
z Deliver a net application rate of 0.9m3/min/m2 height The floors of adjoining areas must not be combustible and
growth over the entire hazard area, with initial coverage in must prevent any flammable liquid spill from entering the
the expected aircraft parking area. The total discharge rate aircraft storage and servicing area.
shall include compensation factors for foam breakdown
While EN135465-2 also permits the additional systems
(Rs) by the sprinkler system, normal shrinkage of the foam
described for Type 1 hangars above, plus the option of:
(Cn) and normal leakage from the hazard area (Cl) as
defined in NFPA 11 and Section 6 of this manual. z Medium Expansion (MEX) low level discharge pourers for
floor areas no greater than 1400m2
z Foam coverage of the entire aircraft storage and servicing
area must be provided to within 1.5 metres of the doors Where such an MEX system is chosen, the hazard area is limited
and perimeter walls of the hangar within 3 minutes for reasons of practical foam flow, and units must be mounted
of system activation, to ensure any spreading fuel is around the walls to avoid becoming an obstacle to aircraft or
adequately covered. servicing vehicles or equipment. Consideration should also be
given to providing an additional over-wing foam protection
system, where required.

8.1.4.4 Type 4 hangars Type 4 hangars housing unfuelled aircraft with fire areas
greater than 1115m2 can be protected by wet pipe or single
These hangars will be single storey only, with a single fire interlock pre-action closed head sprinkler systems that comply
hazard area. Where the fire area exceeds 1115m2 and houses with the requirements of NFPA 13.
fuelled aircraft, then a low expansion foam system using low
Consideration could also be given to HEX systems where in the
level discharge nozzles capable of delivering film forming AFFF
absence of hydrocarbon fuels, expansions of up to 1,000:1 may
or FFFP foam at 4.1L/min/m2 across the entire hazard area,
be appropriate.
within 3 minutes is required.
Alternatively a low level high expansion foam system is

required, delivering a foam depth of 0.9m3/ min/m2 across the 8.1.4.6 Paint hangars
entire hazard area within 3 minutes.
Where aircraft are fuelled within paint hangars, protection
should be provided equivalent to a Type 1 or Type 2 hangar
8.1.4.5 Unfuelled aircraft hangars above.
Unfuelled aircraft in paint hangars can be protected by a

Hangars of Type 1 or 2 housing unfuelled aircraft should
closed head water sprinkler system - extra hazard group 2
be protected as for Type 2 hangars with closed head water
occupancy, assuming it meets the requirements of NFPA 13.
sprinkler systems but with K80 heads rated at 79.4°C, or 93.3°C
where high ambient temperatures occur.
8.1.5 Fire Detection and Alarms
All aircraft hangars require rapid dual action detection systems Additional facilities for easily accessible manual system
for fast fire warning and minimized spurious fire systems operation must also be provided and clearly marked. The area
activation. or zone they are serving must also be identified clearly.
A risk assessment should be completed to establish the most Adequate audible and visual evacuation alarms must be
appropriate detection systems, but it is essential to include provided to allow personnel to evacuate, and give warning
some form of flame detection. of imminent system discharge in those areas where a hazard
to personnel may occur. These alarms need to be provided
Type 1 hangars should have at least 2 forms of flame detection
within the protected space and a constantly attended location.
to detect the fire prior to system activation. Consideration
An alarm must also be provided to show that a system has
should be given to Multi-spectrum IR flame detection, UV/
activated, with a signal to a permanently manned location
IR flame detection and combination IR combustible gas
accordingly.
detection.
Alarms indicating failure of a system or part system to activate,
Type 2 and 3 hangars must have at least one form of flame
must give clear and prompt indication of any failure and be
detection with a secondary form of detection required
distinctively different from other alarms indicating hazardous
to activate in each zone or protected area, before the fire
conditions, or system activation.
protection system is discharged. Similarly consideration should
be given to Multi-spectrum IR flame detection, UV/IR flame All detection and alarm systems must have a reliable and
detection or combination IR combustible gas detection. adequate energy source with emergency battery back–up and
Other performance based approaches with the performance automatic change-over in case the primary power supply fails.
objectives and application scenarios, supported by data,
modeling and calculations should be submitted to the
Authority having Jurisdiction for their approval.
8.1.6 Draft curtains
Draft curtains must be provided for Type 1 hangars where heat floor. They must be made from non-combustible materials that
or smoke detectors are used mounted in the roof. They must will not disintegrate or fuse as the fire starts, and must fit tightly
also be provided for Type 2 hangars where foam-water deluge to the underside of the roof or ceiling. Structural members can
systems are used. They must be not less than 1/8th the overall serve as draft curtains. These draft curtains must match the
floor to ceiling/roof height, except where sloping or curved fire protection system zones with a single area not exceeding
roofs are used where they may extend above 4.8m from the 697m2 to ensure only the fire affected zones are activated.

8.1.7 Water and foam pumps
Foam and water pumps must be started automatically from multiple pumps are required, sequential starting must be
the fire detection/alarm system and run continuously until provided. All pumps feeding NFPA 409 based systems must
stopped manually or faces exhaustion of supply. Where also meet NFPA 20 requirements.
8.1.8 Foam types
High performance FFFP or AFFF foam types (like PetrosealC6 A dedicated Synthetic Detergent high expansion foam like
3% FFFP and TridolC6 S 1% or 3% AFFF) are recommended for Expandol is required for HEX systems. Consideration should be
all non-aspirated and low expansion foam protection system given in larger hangars to disposal of the huge volumes of high
options for aircraft and hangars, as they provide swift film expansion foam and the problems of clean up after discharge.
forming capabilities on the hydrocarbon fuels involved in Foam may linger for many hours, even several days under
Aviation (both kerosene products like Avtur and Jet A-1, plus cooler conditions. The large discharge rates required may also
gasoline products like AvGas, and the military hybrids like JP4 hinder the escape of personnel from areas within the hangar
& JP5). which are normally occupied, i.e. rest rooms, wash rooms etc.
There may be concerns that the aircraft engines and fuselage
For a fluorine free solution Angus Jetfoam 1, 3 or 5% is the
may become engulfed in this high expansion foam prior to
recommended choice, approved to ICAO level B.
extinguishment.
8.1.9 Ancillary protection
Foam – water hose reels (hand hose systems) Additional water hose reels should be supplied near all offices,
stores and non-aircraft areas, except special hazards areas
These should be installed in aircraft storage and servicing
(chemicals, paints, solvents etc.) requiring AR type foams and
areas and supplied by the sprinkler system water supply via a
multipurpose extinguishers.
connection at a hose reel or rack. Hose lines are required
to be at least 38mm dia., fitted with a control valve and An exterior hose line is required outside the hangar providing
227L/min foam branchpipe with shut-off valve or combined at least 1893L/min with suitable foam-water shut-off nozzles.
foam-water shut-off nozzle. At least 2 hose lines must be This water demand must be included in the hydraulic
provided, each capable of operating with foam for calculations for the overall fire protection system.
20 minutes duration. Foam can be supplied from the fixed
foam proportioning system which is preferred, or from local
fixed inductors and concentrate tanks.

Table 8.1 Fire protection application rate and discharge time requirements for aircraft hangars
Aircraft Hangar Hazard Automatic Fixed systems Fixed Monitors
PAGE 8. 12
(assumes only Hydrocarbon fuels)
Non-aspirated Aspirated foam Aspirated closed Water sprinkler High expansion Medium expansion Aspirated (LEX) Non-aspirated
foam-water deluge water deluge head Sprinkler system (Closed (HEX) System – high (MEX) Pouring monitor nozzles monitor nozzles
system - high level system - high level system - high level head) - high level and/or low level ‡ system - low level - high and/or low - high and/or low
level level
Type 1 NFPA Fire control in 30 Fire control in 30 Fire control in 30 NA Under-wing area fire NA Under-wing area fire Under-wing area fire
secs, extinction 60 secs, extinction 60 secs, extinction 60 control in 30secs, control in 30secs, control in 30secs,
High &
secs. secs. secs. extinction in 60 secs. extinction in 60 secs. extinction in 60 secs.
supplementary
under-wing 6.5L/m2/ min for 6.5L/m2/ min† 6.5L/m2/ min for 0.9m in 1 minute 4.1L/m2/min* for 4.1L/m2/min for
Low level AFFF over any for AFFF over any AFFF over any AFFF AFFF
Full area coverage
LEX or HEX 1394m2 zone 1394m2 zone 1394m2 zone
within 3 mins 20 mins 20 mins
60 mins 60 mins 60 mins 24 mins
EN <1400m2 per zone: <1400m2 per zone: NR NA 1m depth in 60 secs NA 6.4L/m2/min 6.4L/m2/min
10 mins 10 mins
6.4L/m2/min 8L/m2/ min ≥1.65m/
min net height (4L/m2/ min for (4L/m2/ min for
10 mins 10 mins
growth 10 mins 10 mins
supplementary supplementary
12 mins
under-wing) under-wing)
Type 2 NFPA 6.5L/m2/ min for 6.5L/m2/ min† 6.5L/m2/ min over 6.9L/m2/min over >0.9m3/min/m2 NA 4.1L/m2/min* for 4.1L/m2/min for film
AFFF over any for AFFF over any any 1393m2 zone any 465m2 zone height growth film forming foams forming foams
High & Low level LEX
1394m2 zone 1394m2 zone
or HEX 30 mins 30 mins 24 mins 10 mins 10 mins
60 mins 60 mins
EN <1400m2 per zone: <1400m2 per zone: NR NA 1m depth in 60 secs NA 6.4L/m2/min 6.4L/m2/min
10 mins 10 mins
6.4L/m2/min 8L/m2/ min ≥1.65m/
min net height (4L/m2/ min for (4L/m2/ min for
10 mins 10 mins
growth 10 mins 10 mins
4023-2-17
supplementary supplementary
12 mins
under-wing) under-wing)
Type 3 NFPA NR NR NR Meeting local >0.9m3/min/m2 NA 4.1L/m2/min* for 4.1L/m2/min for film
Low level only building codes and height growth film forming foams forming foams
NFPA 13
(where hazardous 24 mins 10 mins 10 mins
operations occur
treat as Type 2)
EN <1400m2 per zone: <1400m2 per zone: NR NA 1m depth in 60 secs <1400m2 6.4L/m2/min 6.4L/m2/min
6.4L/m2/min 8L/m2/ min ≥1.65m/ 4L/m2/min 10 mins 10 mins
min net height
growth
12 mins
ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION EIGHT

Table 8.1 Fire protection application rate and discharge time requirements for aircraft hangars
Aircraft Hangar Hazard Automatic Fixed systems Fixed Monitors
4023-2-17
(assumes only Hydrocarbon fuels)
Non-aspirated Aspirated foam Aspirated closed Water sprinkler High expansion Medium expansion Aspirated (LEX) Non-aspirated
foam-water deluge water deluge head Sprinkler system (Closed (HEX) System – high (MEX) Pouring monitor nozzles monitor nozzles
system - high level system - high level system - high level head) - high level and/or low level ‡ system - low level - high and/or low - high and/or low
level level
Type 4 NFPA NR NR NR NA >0.9m3/min/m2 NA 4.1L/m2/min* for 4.1L/m2/min for film
height growth film forming foams forming foams
Low level
only 24 mins 10 mins 10 mins
2 2 2
EN <1400m per zone: <1400m per zone: NR NA 1m depth in 60 secs NA 6.4L/m /min 6.4L/m2/min
6.4L/m2/min 8L/m2/ min ≥1.65m/ 10 mins 10 mins
min net height
10 mins 10 mins
growth
12 mins
ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION EIGHT

2
Unfuelled NFPA NR NR NR 6.9L/m /min over >0.9m3/min/m2 NA 4.1L/m2/min* for 4.1L/m2/min for film
Types 1 & 2 any 465m2 zone height growth film forming foams forming foams
High or Low level only
30 mins 24 mins 10 mins 10 mins
EN <1400m2 per zone: <1400m2 per zone: NR NA ≥1.65m/ <1400m2 6.4L/m2/min 6.4L/m2/min
min net height
6.4L/m2/min 8L/m2/ min 4L/m2/min 10 mins 10 mins
growth
12 mins
Unfuelled NFPA NR NR NR Meeting local NR NA NR NR
Type 4 building codes and
NFPA 13
EN <1400m2 per zone: <1400m2 per zone: NR ≥0.9m/ NA 6.4L/m2/min 6.4L/m2/min
min net height
6.4L/m2/min 8L/m2/ min 10 mins 10 mins
growth
10 mins 10 mins
12 mins
NOTES
NA = Denotes this type of protection is not considered suitable for this application, unless independently validated tests have established its suitability and effectiveness.
ND = Not defined
NR = Not required
* = This application rate will increase to 6.5L/m2/min where a non-film forming Protein or FluoroProtein foam is being used.
† = This application rate will increase to 8.0L/m2/min where a non-film forming Protein or FluoroProtein foam is being used.
‡ = Maximum flow range of any HEX generator should not be > 30m. Foam heights and times stated are net of sprinkler breakdown factors and normal compensation factors for shrinkage and leakage. These must be added to achieve the overall
application rate requirements (see also section 6.2). Only fresh air directly or ducted from outside must be used, unless both generators and foam concentrate chosen, have been independently tested for this application with the combustion
breakdown products likely to be obtained from this hazard.
PAGE 8. 13
8.2 ONSHORE HELIPORTS
8.2.1 Introduction
The International Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO) The amounts of water and foam recommended for heliports
recommends fire protection of Heliports in its Heliport Manual are based on those shown in Table 8.3 (ground level) and Table
doc. 9261 3rd edition, and Annexe 14 Volume II. 8.4 (elevated). Any foam selected for heliport use must be
certified to meet or exceed all the requirements of the ICAO
These recommendations apply to surface level or ground
Level B fire test.
based heliports, and those elevated on land based buildings
only. They are intended to save lives and minimize the risk of For elevated heliports these amounts of water and foam
possible fire either during or quickly following an accident, are not required to be stored on or adjacent to the heliport,
incident or during rescue operations. The level of protection providing there is an adjacent suitable pressurised water main
provided for rescue and fire fighting should be based on the system capable of delivering and sustaining the required flow
overall length of the longest helicopter normally using the rates.
heliport, as defined in Table 8.2 below.
At an elevated heliport at least one hose line is required with
The most important factors determining effective rescue from the capability to deliver 250 litres/min of foam through a jet/
a survivable helicopter accident are the training received, spray nozzle (H1).
effectiveness of the equipment used, and the speed with
Additionally for H2 and H3 elevated heliports at least 2 foam
which it can be brought into action.
monitors should be provided, each capable of delivering
Any offshore Helidecks, whether on fixed installations, mobile the required flow rate and positioned so that irrespective of
installations or sea going vessels are covered in the separate weather conditions and wind direction foam can be delivered
recommendations under Section 8.3 below. to any part of the heliport. Separating the 2 monitors also
reduces the risk of both being damaged in a helicopter
Generally land based heliports are classified into 3 categories:
accident. It is recommended these should be oscillating
monitors like the OM80 or equivalent from the Angus Titan
Table 8.2 range, as they quickly and automatically cover the helideck
with foam to control and extinguish any fire. Consideration
Category Helicopter overall length should be given to an automated detection system to activate
(including tail boom and rotors)
these monitors and send a signal to a permanently manned
H1 Up to but not including 15m area, that the system has been activated.
H2 From 15m up to but not including 24m Either the high performance dry chemical powder quantities
H3 From 24m up to but not including 35m (eg. Monnex) or CO2 gaseous agent quantities are required to
complement the foam attack. This addresses other areas of
the aircraft that may be involved in the incident eg. engine
problems, transmission, avionics, hydraulics etc. The discharge
rates of these complementary media should be selected to
achieve optimum effectiveness of the agent being used.
Table 8.3 Minimum extinguishing agent quantities required for ground level heliports
Heliport Category Water required (litres) Foam solution discharge Complementary Agents
rate (litres/min) Dry Chemical Powder (kg) CO2 (kg)
H1 500 250 23 45
H2 1,000 500 45 90
H3 1,600 800 90 180
Table 8.4 Minimum extinguishing agent quantities required for elevated heliports
Heliport Category Water required (litres) Foam solution discharge Complementary Agents
rate (litres/min) Dry Chemical Powder (kg) CO2 (kg)
H1 2,500 250 45 90
H2 5,000 500 45 90
H3 8,000 800 45 90

8.2.1 Response time
The response time required for ground level heliports is not It is recommended that for ground based heliports foam
to exceed 2 minutes. This refers to the time from receiving the and water supplies should be available for up to 2 minutes
call or detecting the incident, to fire crews in position to apply discharge duration, whereas for elevated heliports foam may
foam at a discharge rate of at least 50% of that specified in be required to be delivered for up to 10 minutes, in recognition
table 8.3. of the more complex and restricted access, and the potential
for increased delay in rescuing or extricating personnel from
At an elevated heliport, fire and rescue services should be on
the aircraft, when in such an elevated position.
the heliport, or in the immediate vicinity, while any helicopter
movement is taking place, so there should be minimal delay in
the application of the required foam discharge rates.
8.2.2 Rescue equipment
In some instances lives may be lost, or at risk, if basic ancillary (but not be limited to) for example: self contained breathing
rescue equipment is not readily available. apparatus; fire blankets; rescue axe and crowbar; harness cutter
etc. A more comprehensive list is provided in the ICAO Heliport
It is therefore recommended that adequate provision of a
manual.
range of rescue equipment is provided. This should include

8.3 OFFSHORE HELICOPTER LANDING AREAS
There are a number of authorities who stipulate minimum comprehensive recommendations according to the UK Civil
standards for the protection of helicopter landing areas, Aviation Authority’s CAP437 Offshore Helicopter Landing Areas
covering necessary requirements for both fixed installation – Guidance on Standards, which has become recognized as a
systems and portable equipment. The design parameters worldwide source of reference
adopted within this section are those based on the
8.3.1 Introduction
Helicopter landing areas are usually encountered on The hazard associated with landing helicopters on these
fixed offshore oil platforms and other installations, mobile usually small, open areas, often under extremely severe
installations, vessels supporting offshore mineral exploitations environmental conditions, demands that the most effective
and other sea-going vessels, where they are being used and correctly designed fire protection systems are installed. In
increasingly in the transportation of both personnel and the event of a fire, many lives are potentially at stake both in
materials. Onshore they are frequently attached to or adjacent the helicopter(s) and on the installation or vessel. Thus should
to airports/landing strips, hospitals, hotels, conference centres a crash or incident occur and a fire starts, the fastest possible
and high rise buildings. Offshore, the helicopter landing extinction mechanism is required. Firstly to rescue the people
deck may well be the only lifeline back to the mainland, and in the helicopter and below deck level, and secondly to protect
therefore should always be considered a high hazard area the offshore installation or vessel from becoming engulfed in
ready for action. the flames.
8.3.2 System Design Parameters
It must always be remembered that, due to the nature of by data, modeling and calculations should be submitted to the
the high hazards under consideration, helicopter landing Authority having Jurisdiction for their approval.
areas should be afforded sufficient space to operate safely
Consideration should be given to UV/IR flame detection or
in preparation for a constant state of readiness at any hour
other suitable fire detection system(s) to provide fast and
of day or night, and in most weather conditions. Therefore
reliable activation of the foam system(s).
all equipment used to protect these installations must be
specifically designed to meet these stringent needs, and above The helideck must be capable of accepting the largest and
all must offer maximum safety and reliability at all times. heaviest specific design size helicopter as defined by its
“D-value”, rotor diameter and maximum weight or “t-value”
Achieving a successful integrated helipad fire protection
(max. weight rounded to tonnes). For single rotor aircraft
design requires a complete understanding of all the
landing will always use both landing gear wheels, or both
circumstances under which this system may be required to
skids, so loading will be distributed evenly across the helideck.
operate. For a fixed monitor system, consideration must be
In addition the dynamic load of an emergency landing must
given to loss of a monitor either due to limitations under
also be accounted for in the structure, ie. 2.5 times the MTOM
prevailing weather conditions or damage in a crash incident.
(Maximum Certificated Take-Off Mass). Other superimposed
The design specification should ensure that remaining
loadings like snow, lateral loads, punching shear of the wheels/
monitors are capable of delivering foam across the entire
skids, dead load of the structural members, wind loading and
helideck landing area, at or above the minimum foam
sympathetic response of the platform must also be taken into
application rate.
account, as the helideck design must ensure suitable operating
Any modifications to existing topside arrangements which space requirements and structural support are provided for the
could potentially affect the environmental conditions around worst case operating conditions.
an existing helideck(s), should be subjected to computational
The D-value is the largest overall dimension of a helicopter
fluid dynamics (CFD) modeling to assess the changes,
when its rotors are turning measured in metres (see Table 8.6).
particularly wind effects or thermal increases to the operating
This dimension is normally measured from the most forward
environment for helicopters. As a general rule the standard
position of the main rotor tip path plane to the most rearward
deviation in velocity of vertical airflow should not exceed
position of the tail rotor tip path plane (or the most rearward
1.75m/sec and an ambient temperature increase of less than
extension of the fuselage in the case of Fenestron or Notar
2°C (averaged over 3 seconds).
tails). This is often shown as a usually hypothetical marked
Performance based fire detection approaches with the area located on the helideck called the Perimeter D Marking,
performance objectives and application scenarios, supported effectively the D-value rounded up or down to the nearest

whole number (in metres), which must be completely clear The only items permitted to protrude above the deck level by a
of any obstructions, with an obstruction free take-off and maximum of 25cm are:
approach sector of at least 210°. The bi-section of this 210°
z Guttering
obstacle free sector should also pass through the centre of the
perimeter D marking “circle”. z Lighting
A touch down/positioning marker usually located on the z Foam monitors/nozzles ( where fitted)
helideck, is generally centred on the centre of the perimeter D
Handrails, exit signs and other items incapable of full retraction
mark, and highlighted in yellow with a 0.5 D-value diameter.
during helicopter operations.
OBSTACLE FREE 210 °

SECTOR
± 15 ° 150 °
LIMITED
OBSTACLE
0.25 D D
± 15 °
OBSTACLE FREE 210 °

SECTOR
0.83 D
0.62 D
2:1
25cm 0.05 D
0.12 D
D
0.21 D
Fig. 8.5 Obstacle limitations for offshore helicopter landing areas

Table 8.6 Helicopter Dimensions and Weights
Helicopter Type “D-value” (metres) Maximum weight (kg) Rotor Diameter (metres) Landing net
Bolkow Bo 105D 12.00 2,400 9.90 NR
EC135 T2+ 12.20 2,910 10.20 NR
Bolkow 117 13.00 3,200 11.00 NR
Agusta A109 13.05 2,600 11.00 Small
Dauphin AS365 N2 13.68 4,250 11.93 Small
Dauphin AS365 N3 13.73 4,300 11.94 Small
EC115 B1 14.30 4,850 12.60 Medium
Sikorsky S76 16.00 5,307 13.40 Medium
Agusta/Westland AW139† 16.66 6,400 13.80 Medium
Bell 412 17.13 5,397 14.02 NR
Bell 212 17.46 5,080 14.63 NR
Super Puma AS332L 18.70 8,599 15.60 Medium
Bell 214 ST 18.95 7,936 15.85 Medium
Super Puma AS332 L2 19.50 9,300 16.20 Medium
EC 225 19.50 11,000 16.20 Medium
Sikorsky S 92* 20.88 12,020 17.70 Large
Sikorsky S.6IN 22.20 9,298 18.90 Large
EH101 22.80 14,600 18.60 Large
Chinook CH 47D – tandem
30.13 22,728 18.30 NR
main rotors
NOTES
NR = Not required
Landing nets Small net = 9m x 9m
Medium net = 12m x 12m
Large net = 15m x 15m
† = The MTOM for AW135 may soon increase to 6,800kg.
Where helicopters fitted with skids are regularly used, landing nets are not recommended.
8.3.3 Personnel Safety
Safety nets to catch personnel from falling off the helideck operation does not cause potential injury to escaping
must extend 1.5m around the landing area to contain them personnel, when activated in an emergency.
safely, where no structural protection against a potential fall
Consideration must be given to maintaining adequate
exists.
friction surfaces and visual marking aids for the safety of
A minimum of 2 access/entry points need to be provided visiting personnel and aircrews, where normally unattended
to the helideck that ensure embarking and disembarking installations are being used. Guano build-up and bird debris
passengers are not required to pass the front of the helicopter causes slippery surfaces and deterioration and obliteration
or tail rotors, which may be required to continue rotating of visual aid markings. These installations must be regularly
to minimise the turn-around time, or because of inclement checked and maintained with recommendations that landing
conditions. nets are generally left in position, unless other measures are
taken to improve personnel safety.
Where the foam monitors are co-located with access points,
consideration must be given to ensuring that monitor

8.3.4 Foam System Response Time
A helicopter accident may damage some of the system be effectively rescued by trained firefighters). To achieve this,
infrastructure, so speed is always essential in gaining rapid an effective foam system must be located to cover the entire
control and reducing the risk of potentially dangerous helideck area with foam under any wind speed /direction
escalation. It is recommended that the foam system be conditions, or accident location. Consideration must also
activated to produce foam at the required application rate be given to the effective loss of a monitor due to damaged
in less than 15 seconds from incident detection. Control of or prevailing wind direction at the time of the incident.
any fire resulting from a helicopter incident should also be Effects of weather on materials and static equipment must
achieved within 30 seconds from foam application (a fire is be considered and any protection must not hinder quick
deemed “under control” when passengers and/or crew can operation nor encourage corrosion through condensation.
8.3.5 Minimum Foam Solution Application Rate
Foam systems must operate across the prescribed landing foam application may provide fast knockdown, consideration
area at a minimum 6L/min/m2 of landing area when a must also be given to a low expansion aspirated foam blanket
seawater compatible foam concentrate, certified to meet providing longer lasting protection against re-ignition after fire
the performance requirements of the ICAO (International extinction. The use of LEX hand held foam branchpipes should
Civil Aviation Organisation) Level B fire test, is used. The therefore be considered to supplement the fixed monitor
system should be capable of operation at maximum flows system, operate in their place where monitor operation could
for a duration of not less than five minutes. Foam may be jeopardise the safety of personnel, and provide the capability
applied as a foam spray or non-aspirated application or as a to access areas potentially hidden from extinction by foam
low expansion aspirated foam blanket. Whilst non-aspirated monitor operation.
Table 8.7 Minimum foam system requirements
Foam system Control of fire

Foam solution Foam system
Stipulation Detection of incident delivering foam onto allowing personnel
application rate duration
hazard rescue
As fast as possible
Time taken (while allowing other ≤ 15 secs ≤ 30 seconds ≥ 6.5L/min. ≥ 5 minutes
criteria to be achieved)
NOTE
At least two supplementary portable LEX branchpipes at 225L/min flow, plus handlines and alternative jet/spray water nozzles are also required, plus extinguishers defined in
8.3.10 below.
Foam application rate worked example Similarly, were a 3% foam concentrate chosen it would require
a minimum 698 litres 3% foam concentrate with the additional
Assuming the largest size helicopter landing at this installation
inherent weight and space requirements.
has a D-value of 22.2, and the level B foam in use is an AFFF 1%
concentrate, like TridolC6 S 1%. Additional foam stocks will also be required for hand lines,
regular training and system testing.
Foam Application rate = 6 x π x (0.5D-value)2
= 6 x 3.142 x (11.1 x 11.1)
= 2323 litres/minute.
Foam Concentrate
Stock requirement = 2323 x 1% x 5mins
= 117 litres foam concentrate
but adequate reserve foam stocks of at least 100% must

be available, to replenish the foam system quickly after any
incident.
= 1 17 x 2 = 234 litres 1% foam

concentrate

8.3.6 Fixed Foam Monitor System
The most effective way to provide these design requirements conditions while protecting helicopter landing areas. They
is with a Fixed Foam Monitor System. It is therefore offer a low profile design for the helideck, thus providing the
recommended that all helicopter landing areas which are greatest unobstructed landing area possible, and have been
permanently manned are protected using this system, which manufactured from materials chosen to counter the harshest
is capable of discharging foam solution onto the prescribed environments that are likely to be expected at sea, for reliability
landing area. The required foam solution discharge should and durability. The automatic oscillation of the Angus OM80
be achieved through a minimum of 2, preferably 3 foam monitor in particular, provides very fast operation and is widely
monitors (to take account of wind conditions and potential used. This includes protection of offshore installations in the
damage), each capable of delivering 100% of the minimum UK and Norwegian sectors of the North Sea, installations in
foam solution requirement. In the event of an accident to any Middle East and Far Eastern waters, plus many vessels travelling
one monitor, foam solution must still be delivered across the through all climatic zones around the globe.
area. The individual monitor performance and foam solution
Consideration may be given to an alternative Deck Integrated
delivery rate will be dependent upon the exact helicopter
Fire Fighting Systems on smaller helidecks as explained for
landing deck parameters. The Angus Fire Titan Monitor
Normally Unattended Installations below.
range includes both oscillating and manual types, which
are specially designed for reliable operation under marine
FOAM SOLUTION
SUPPLY PIPEWORK
3 x OSCILLATING MONITORS
OM80 WITH LTN 2700 NOZZLE
2498 l/min (550 gpm/660 usgpm)
@ 6 bar (87 psi) or equivalent
Fig. 8.8 Typical foam monitor system protecting helideck

Foam monitor system worked example Therefore,
The requirement is to provide a Fixed Foam Monitor System for Recommended Angus Fire monitors: 3 x OM80 Oscillating
a helicopter landing area on a permanently manned offshore Monitors, complete with LTN 2700 jet/spray nozzles in
platform. The largest helicopter that is expected to use the gunmetal.
facility is a Sikorsky S.61N. The design water pressure available
The actual delivery rate achieved at 6 bar pressure at the inlet
at the helicopter landing deck will be 6 bar. The recommended
to the monitor nozzle will be 2498 litres/min which is slightly
foam concentrate used on the installation is Angus PetrosealC6
above the required minimum foam solution rate.
3% FFFP, but TridolC6 S 1% or 3% AFFF could also be used as
alternatives. The system must have sufficient foam concentrate available
to maintain 5 minutes continuous operation at the minimum
Basing our recommendations on the CAP 437, we can calculate
foam solution rate.
the following:
Therefore,
Overall D-Value of
Sikorsky S.61N = 22.2 m (from Table 8.6) Foam concentrate requirement = actual foam delivery rate x
induction rate x system operating time
Therefore,
= 2498 x 3% x 5 minutes
Prescribed landing area
to protect = π x (0.5D-value)2 = 375 litres.
= 3.142 x (11.1 x 11.1) The foam concentrate chosen is Angus Fire PetrosealC6 3%
FFFP, requiring 375 litres to protect this hazard area, allowing
= 3 87.15m2 prescribed
for some concentrate in pipes, assume 450 Litres required.
helicopter landing area
The Angus Fire 450 Litre Foam Proportioning Bag Tank
Required minimum foam solution application rate = 6 litres/ Module is probably the most suitable induction mechanism
min/m2. for this monitor system, complete with balanced pressure
foam proportioner BPP 100i set at 3% to deliver the correct
Minimum monitor foam solution flow rate = 6 x 387.15 m2
proportioning accuracy for the system.
= 2323 litres/min
Taking into account the possibility that 1 monitor may be

damaged and inoperable, that wind conditions may prevent
a second monitor from operating, yet we still have to provide
this minimum flow rate across the helideck to achieve fire
control within 30 seconds, it is recommended that the system
be designed using 3 x OM80 oscillating monitors, each
capable of delivering the minimum foam solution flow rate
of 2,323L/min, but only the monitor with the wind direction
mostly behind the monitor is being activated in the case of an
emergency.
Therefore,
3 monitors required each with a minimum capacity of 2323

litres/min
The nearest Angus Fire equivalent would be an LTN 2700 jet/

spray gunmetal nozzle or equavilent capable of delivering
2498 litres/min at 6 bar.
8.3.7 Normally Unattended Installations (NUIs)
Installations which are normally unattended require the same For NUIs it may be more appropriate to consider an alternative
level of protection as permanently manned installations Deck Integrated Fire Fighting System (DIFFS) capable of
with an automated foam system to secure means of escape delivering the same application rate and response speed of
for personnel from the helideck to a safe position in case of controlling Level B foam and/or seawater to the entire deck
helicopter incident. The foam system must be integrated with area, as a fixed foam monitor system. This typically constitutes a
the installation’s safety systems, so that they are automatically series of “pop-up” nozzles which have a vertical and horizontal
activated in the event of a heavy or emergency landing where element to their spray pattern to cover the whole landing area
a fire may result. Over-ride control must also be provided for across a wide range of weather conditions.
“manual” activation from the mother installation or onshore
control room, and manually by the Helicopter Landing Officer.

Consideration must be given to these systems still being Alternative combined solutions for NUIs may be acceptable
capable of delivering the required application rate even if providing they can demonstrate effectiveness when dealing
some nozzles are blocked, damaged or destroyed during a with a running fuel fire. For example this could permit a
crash incident. Care must be taken that such damage does combination of DIFFS using seawater only with a fire retarding
not cause associated pipework damage and hence adversely passive system demonstrated to be capable of removing un-
affect system water pressures and coverage capabilities. Any burnt fuel in large quantities from a ruptured helicopter fuel
residual fire may be possible to be extinguished with portable tank incident.
extinguishers (see section 8.2.9).
8.3.8 Foam Concentrate Induction
Determining the correct foam concentrate induction maintenance and, in the case of the Helijector, offer simple
mechanism can be achieved by initial reference to Section refilling even during operation. Due to the constraints of safety
2 of this manual, the exact method being dictated by the and design, it will often be found that the water pressure
proposed helideck system design. However, it is recommended required at the helideck is difficult to achieve as, in most cases,
that either Foam proportioning bag tank module or Helijector this will be the highest part of the structure in question. Since
proportioning system should be are used as the induction the pressure losses to both foam proportioning bag tanks and,
system. Both of these induction mechanisms are simple the Helijector in particular are minimal, they automatically
and easy to install, occupy little space, require minimal become the preferred choice in many circumstances.
8.3.9 System Testing and Maintenance
All parts of the foam system must be inspected and tested It is essential that tanks, pipework and pumps should be
(including foam production), at system commissioning and thoroughly cleaned and flushed with fresh water before
at least annually thereafter. These tests should also assess any changes to foam type occur, to avoid the risk of residual
performance against the original design specification. contamination from the previous foam type.
Mixing of different foam strengths or types in the same Adequate reserve foam stocks must be provided to allow for
tank are unacceptable, as it may cause serious sludging and use in training, testing and rapid recovery from emergency use
potential malfunctioning of foam delivery systems when in any incident.
required to activate. Mixing of different brands of the same
strength (induction rate) and foam type is also not advisable,
unless independently demonstrated data is available.
8.3.10 Complementary Media and Portable Equipment
8.3.10.1 Dry Powder 8.3.10.3 Portable Equipment
Necessary complimentary agents to adequately address these Whilst the preferred primary protection system is clearly
hazards are recommended to be a minimum of 45kg of high the Fixed Foam Monitor System, in addition it is also
performance foam compatible dry chemical powder like recommended that at least 2 layflat durable PVC Nitrile
Monnex. This should be delivered from a single or at most two extruded “through the weave” fire hose lines (eg. Angus
extinguishers to deliver powder to anywhere on the landing Duraline) should be made available with LEX foam making
area as required, at a minimum discharge flow rate of 1.35kg/ branchpipes, each with a minimum flow rate of 225litres/
sec, but preferably 2kg/sec. minute. They should be capable of connection to the hydrant
system and reaching any part of the helideck landing area
8.3.10.2 Gaseous Agent and its netted safety area, irrespective of the prevailing wind
direction or strength at the time of an incident. Additional
In addition at least 18kg of gaseous agent like CO2, must be
alternative on/off water jet/spray nozzles for cooling duties
provided from a single or at most two extinguishers. These
should also be provided.
must be fitted with suitable applicator(s) to deliver agent at a
minimum rate of 1.35kg/sec, but preferably 2kg/sec to the seat
of a fire within a helicopter engine(s).

8.3.11 Rescue Equipment
In some instances lives may be lost, or at risk, if basic ancillary apparatus; fire blankets; rescue axe and crowbar; grab hook;
rescue equipment is not readily available. harness cutter; ladder (in case the helicopter crashes on
its side); lifeline and rescue harness; fire resistant gloves;
It is therefore recommended that adequate provision of a
adjustable wrenches; hacksaw etc. A more comprehensive list
range of rescue equipment is provided. This should include
is provided in CAP 437.
(but not be limited to) for example: self contained breathing


Complete Foam Design Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Complete Foam Design Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Foam Systems

Hazardous Chemical & Product Data 1

Foam Concentrate Induction Systems 2

Protection of Fuel Storage Tanks 3

Foam Base Injection 4

Oil & Chemical Carriers, Jetties & Docks 5

High & Medium Expansion Foam Systems 6

Foam Sprinkler Systems 7

Aircraft Hangars & Helicopter Landing Areas 8

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • CONTENTS

Introduction Section 1.1 Page 1.3

Scope Section 1.2 Page 1.3

Foam Concentration Section 1.3 Page 1.5

Risk Appraisal Section 1.4 Page 1.7

Measurement Units Section 1.5 Page 1.8

Some Useful Formulae Section 1.6 Page 1.8

Definitions Section 1.7 Page 1.8

Miscellaneous Hazardous Products Data Section 1.8 Page 1.14

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 1

1.2.1 Foam Induction Systems

b) Diaphragm or displacement foam proportioning bag tanks.

1.2.2 Specialist Risks

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 3

z EN ISO 9001 Requirements for Quality Management

z HSE Guide to the Offshore Installations and Pipeline Works

z HSE Bulk transfer of dangerous liquids and gases between

z HSE Offshore Installations SPC Enforcement 153

z ICAO Heliport Manual Doc. 9261, 3rd edition

z ICAO Annexe 14 Volume II

PAGE 1. 4 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE

1.3 FOAM CONCENTRATION

FP and AFFFs AR-AFFFs and AR-FFFPs

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 5

PAGE 1. 6 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE

Table 1.1 Characteristics of different foam types

1.4 RISK APPRAISAL

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 7

1.5 MEASUREMENT UNITS

Length 1 m = 3.2802 ft = 1.0936 yd

1.6 SOME USEFUL FORMULAE

Surface area of a bulk storage tank = π d2

Circumference of bulk storage tank = πd where d = diameter of the tank (m)

The following glossary of terms is used throughout this Accelerated Ageing

PAGE 1. 8 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 9

PAGE 1. 10 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 11

PAGE 1. 12 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE

Shallow Spill WASP

Sub Surface Injection

S.G. = Density of Material

Telomerisation – see Fluorinated Surfactants.

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 13

PAGE 1. 14 4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE

Sources: NFPA 30 – Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, and www.chemicalbook.com.

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION ONE PAGE 1. 15

Introduction Section 2.1 Page 2.3

Induction Systems for Constant Flow Section 2.2 Page 2.4

Induction Systems for Variable Flow Section 2.3 Page 2.10

4023-2-17 ENGINEERING MANUAL • SECTION TWO PAGE 2. 1

a) Those in which the demand of the foam generator or

Ideal for: small, single hazard, dedicated systems where the

b) Those in which the demand of the foam generator(s) or

Ideal for: more complex, multi- hazards, multi-zones or

b) Diaphragm or displacement foam proportioning bag tanks.

z EN ISO 9001 Requirements for Quality Management

z HSE Guide to the Offshore Installations and Pipeline Works

z HSE Bulk transfer of dangerous liquids and gases between

z HSE Offshore Installations SPC Enforcement 153

z ICAO Annexe 14 Volume II

Ideal for: small, single hazard, dedicated systems where the

b) Those in which the demand of the foam generator(s) or

Ideal for: more complex, multi- hazards, multi-zones or